推荐第1篇：求职信常用句型
求职信常用句型：
1) I am writing to apply for the post of … advertised in …
2) In reply to your advertisement in …, I beg to apply for the
post of …in your company.
3) The kind of work in which your company is engaged
particularly interests me.
4) I feel I have the neceary qualifications and experiences
needed for the position of …
5) I look upon it as a wonderful opportunity.
6) I believe the experience will qualify me for the current vacancy in yourcompany.
7)I should be pleased to attend for an interview at your convenience,and I could give you further details concerning myself.
8) I look forward to hearing from you soon.
9) I enclose herein my resume and some relevant documents as required.求学信常用句型：
1) I am writing the letter with the purpose of applying for admiion into your esteemed college/ university.
2) I would like to apply for admiion to your college / university.
3) I should like to further my studies in … department of your university.
4) My major is …,and I know your college/university has a good program in those fields.
5) I hope you will kindly send me application form.
6) I look forward to hearing from you soon.
祝贺信常用句型：
1) I am writing to you to extend my congratulations on your …
2) It is the greatest news I have ever heard.
3) Congratulations on your graduation / succe / promotion / progre /achievements.
4)Wish you the best luck and every happine / good luck!
邀请信常用句型
1.It is with the greatest pleasure that I write to invite you to attend the meeting/ party/ activity/conference, etc.
2.It gives me the greatest pleasure to invite you to attend/ visit/ join in… etc.
3.Will you and ___ give the pleasure of dining with us at , onat ？
4.I am writing to invite you to …
5.I wonder / I am wondering if you could come …
6.My family / clamates and I would feel honored if you could come …
7.We would be looking forward to your participation in the party/ activity, etc.
8.I really / do hope you can make it.
推荐第2篇：求职信实用句型
求职信实用句型：
★ I’m interested in the post of which you advertised in yesterday’s Shanghai Your advertisement for a Network Maintenance Engineer in the April 10 China Daily interested me because the position that you described exactly like the kind of job I am seeking.你们登广告招聘一位★网络维护工程师在四月10日的《中国日报》的位置感兴趣,因为你描述的一模一样的我梦寐以求的工作。
★
I wish to apply for the position of consumer demand executive which you advertised in University Students Career Guide of July 15.★我极愿申请这一职位的消费需求的执行官在××引导大学生创业的7月15日。
★
★
★I will be graduating from XX University this year.I’m writing to inquire whether you have a vacancy （空缺）for me in your
college.
★ I am writing in answer to your advertisement in the Southern Weekly of Your ad for a market analyst in China Trade News seems a good match for my credentials.★广告招聘市场分析师你在中国贸易报似乎适合我的证件。
★
Three years’experience as secretary to the president of Sony Electronics (Wuxi) Co., Ltd.has topped me on the list of candidates（候选人）三年\'experience★作为董事长的秘书索尼电子(无锡)有限公司,已超过我的候选人。
★
★ .During my education, I have grasped the principles of my major subject
area and gained practical skills.求学期间,我掌握了这些原则在我的专业学科领域,并获得了实用的技巧。
★ Enclosed please find my curriculum vitae （CV 履历）and two letters of
recommendation as request.
随信附上我的简历★,如果有任何你需要额外的信息,请与我联系
★ You’ll find enclosed a photocopy of my university diploma（毕业文凭）,
grade report （成绩单） as well as two photographs.
I trust that you’ll give this application your favorable consideration.我相信你会★给本人的申请给予考虑。
★
I shall be much obliged （我将不胜感激）if you’ll give me an opportunity for an interview.我将感激不尽★如果你能给我一个机会来面试的
★
If you have any further questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.★★如果您有任何其他问题,请不要犹豫,立即同我联络。 ★
I would welcome the opportunity to meet with you to further explore the poibility of obtaining such a position in your company.★。我会欢迎机会与您会面,进一步探索的可能性在你获得这类职位的公司。 ★
May I have an appointment for an interview with you to discu my qualifications in details.★我可以有一个面试的跟你讨论我的资历的细节。
★
★
★I would welcome an opportunity to attend you for an interview.I should be pleased to furnish your with any further particulars at your
request.我非常乐意提供进一步的资料与任何你在你的请求。
★ I would appreciate an interview at your earliest convenience（在您最方便
的时候）.
★ Thank you for your time and consideration.感谢您的时间和考虑
推荐第3篇：英语求职信万能句型
万能句型：
I am writing to apply for the position of…you advertised in yesterday’s…
To briefly introduce myself, I am a graduate student of…University majoring in…and expect graduation this June.
Not only have I excellent academic performance in all courses, I also poe the rich experience of…
My interactive personal skills and teamwork spirit are also appropriate for this post.
I would be grateful if you could arrange an interview at your earliest convenience.
推荐第4篇：A级作文 求职信讲解及实用句型
求职信 （Cover Letter）
求职信作为与雇主交流沟通的桥梁，关系着应聘者的前途和命运，属于一种重要的信函类型，因此出题的可能性较大。求职信可视为推销自己的广告，在面试之前使招聘人员对你留下初步的印象。不同于简历的面面俱到，求职信只能点到即止，对自己的介绍必须有重点地展开，把自己与谋求的职位联系起来。适当表达自己对所应聘单位的了解，申请原因，自身资质，如有离职原因也可作恰当说明。通过求职信，招聘人员可以了解求职者的基本情况、语言修辞和文字表达能力，因而关系着你能否获得面试的机会，进而能否获得这份工作。
写好求职信要处理好以下几个方面：写作动机、自我介绍、本人能力、结尾、附件。
1）写作动机
通常求职信是针对招聘广告写的。若此，求职信上一定要说明信息的来源渠道以及写信的缘由和目的。
2）自我介绍
写信人应述明自己的年龄或出生年月、教育背景，尤其是与应聘职位有关的训练或教育科目、工作经验或特殊技能。如无实际经验，略述在学校类似经验亦可。
3）本人能力
这部分非常重要，因为这体现你究竟能为公司做什么，直接关系到求职的成功率。但是也要注意一定要用最少的文字表达最多的意思。
4）结尾
希望并请求未来的雇主允以面谈的机会，因此信中要表明可以面谈的时间。成功的求职信绝不是虎头蛇尾的，结尾一定要引起重视。
5）附件
这部分具体情况而定，如有详细的简历或用人单位需要的材料附在求职信中时，需要注明。
求职信切忌哗众取宠，言而不实。也无需堆砌辞藻，一味奉承。应做到简洁明了，用词准确，重点突出，有礼有节。在格式方面，可简单概括为：
第一段，明确你的求职意向（为何申请这份工作，对职位的了解，对公司的了解）
第二段，突出你的资质（个人简历，具备的技能，工作经历，自身的特点）
第三段，请求面试机会（强调争取得到职位的信心，对读信人的感谢，可以参加面试的时间和联系方式等）
本学期第一次作文范文
请你起草一封写给奥美广告公司的求职信，发信的时间是2011年12月11日。信中包括如下信息：
1）2012年7月将从鲁迅美术学院设计专业毕业，本人主修的科目是平面设计专业，曾经在大连一家广告公司实习过3个月，希望能进公司做产品设计师工作；
2）随函附上个人简历；
3）本人愿意进一步提供公司所需要了解的情况；
4）本人的电话号码是：1234567。来电或来函均可；
5）希望在不久的将来能接到面试的通知。
Words for Reference:
奥美广告公司 Ogilvy & Mather
鲁迅美术学院 Luxun Academy of Fine Arts
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing to apply for the position concerning design in your company —Ogilvy & Mather.I am going to graduate from Luxun Academy of Fine Arts in July, 2012, majoring in graphic design.I have ever worked as a designer in an ad agency for three months.With sound academic background and great interest in design, I’d very much like this opportunity to work in your company and I believe I am qualified to fill your position.
Enclosed is a copy of my resume.If you want any further information, please contact me by mail or by phone at 1234567.
I would be grateful if you could grant me an interview.
Yours faithfully,
XXX
December 11, 2011
实用句型：
★I’m interested in the post of which you advertised in yesterday’s Shanghai Daily.★Your advertisement for a Network Maintenance Engineer in the April 10 China Daily interested me because the position that you described exactly like the kind of job I am seeking.★I wish to apply for the position of consumer demand executive which you advertised in ★I will be graduating from XX University this year.
★I’m writing to inquire whether you have a vacancy （空缺）for me in your college.★I am writing in answer to your advertisement in the Southern Weekly of March 2 for an ★Your ad for a market analyst in China Trade News seems a good match for my credentials.★Three years’experience as secretary to the president of Sony Electronics (Wuxi) Co., Ltd.has topped me on the list of candidates（候选人）.
★During my education, I have grasped the principles of my major subject area and gained practical skills.
★Enclosed please find my curriculum vitae （CV 履历）and two letters of recommendation as request.
★Enclosed is my resume and if there is any additional information you require, please contact me.
★You’ll find enclosed a photocopy of my university diploma（毕业文凭）, grade report （成绩单） as well as two photographs.
★I trust that you’ll give this application your favorable consideration.
★I shall be much obliged （我将不胜感激）if you’ll give me an opportunity for an interview.★If you have any further questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.
★I would welcome the opportunity to meet with you to further explore the poibility of obtaining such a position in your company.
★May I have an appointment for an interview with you to discu my qualifications in details.
★I would welcome an opportunity to attend you for an interview.
★I should be pleased to furnish your with any further particulars at your request.
★I would appreciate an interview at your earliest convenience（在您最方便的时候）.Thank you for your time and consideration.
推荐第5篇：02 Application letter英文求职信常用句型
Application letter 申请信
Useful Words and Phrases（单词和短语）
A.Phrases （常用短语）
1.I wish to apply for the post … advertised in the … on … 我希望应征……号……的广告中所征求的……职位。
I wish to apply for the post of Financial Manager advertised in the Busine Weekly on July.
我希望应征七月四号商务周刊的广告中所征求的财务部经理职位。
2.I was interested to see your advertisement in … and … 我对你们在……上所登的广告甚感兴趣，并……
I was interested to see your advertisement in Job Market and wish to apply for this post.
我对你们在人材市场报上所登的广告甚感兴趣，并希望应征这一职位。
3.I am writing to enquire whether you have a suitable vacancy in … which我特此写信请教，……是否有空缺，……
I am writing to enquire whether you have a suitable vacancy in Human Recourse Department which I might be usefully filled.
我特此写信请教，人力资源部是否有空缺，可以让我来应征。
4.I understand from Mr.… one of your suppliers, that there is an opening in your company for ….我由……先生系你们的供应商之一……得知贵公司有一……空缺。 I understand from Mr.Wilton Mills one of your suppliers, that there is an opening in your company for sales representative.
我由威尔顿·米尔斯先生---你们的供应商之一得知贵公司有一销售代理空缺。
5.Mr.… informs me that he will be leaving your company on … and in his position has not been filled, I …先生告诉我说，他将于……离开贵公司，如果他的职位仍然未决定人选，我……
Mr.Jerry King informs me that he will be leaving your company on October 8 and in his position has not been filled, I should like to be considered.
杰里王先生告诉我说，他将于10月8日离开贵公司，如果他的职位仍然未决定人选，我希望能被考虑。
6.ability to deal with difficult problems 处理棘手问题的能力
He has always tried to train his ability to deal with difficult problems.
他一起努力锻炼自己处理棘手问题的能力。
7.several years’ experience in education 在教育领域有多年的经验
You will see that I have had several years’ experience in education (teaching and administration.
你会看出我在在教育领域有多年的经验（有教学和管理）。
8.consider sb.as a good candidate for… 认为某人是良好候选人
Please consider me as a candidate for the regional sales manager.
请考虑我作为地区销售经理的良好候选人。
9.to believe I have a excellent skills in … 认为我在……方面有卓越的才能
My colleagues believe I have a excellent skills in communication.
我的同事们相信我有卓越的交际能力。
10.to think highly of 对……给予很高的评价
I think so highly of your products that I would consider it an honor to represent your company.
我对贵公司的产品给予很高的评价，并认为代表贵公司是我的荣幸。
11.quite familiar with 熟悉
I’m quite familiar with office administrative work.
我对办公室管理工作非常熟悉。
12.design and administration experience 设计和管理经验
In the past ten years he has accumulated mush design and administration experience.
在过去的十年中他积累了丰富的设计和管理经验。
13.to receive specialized training in … 在……接受专门训练
When I was at university I received specialized training in logistic management.我在大学的时候接受过物流管理方面的专门训练。
14.in response to your advertisement 对贵公司招聘广告的应聘
My application for the position is in response to your advertisement in The Wall Street Journal (May 18) ---supervisor of build site.
我的申请是对贵公司5月18日华尔街日报上招聘建筑工地监督的应聘。
15.at any time that would be convenient for you.在您方便的时候
I would be very pleased to discu my application at any time that would be convenient for you.
我将十分高兴的在您方便时讨论一下我的职位申请。
16.be qualified to do the work well 有资格做好这项工作
With his qualification and experience I believe that he is qualified to do the work well.
从他的学历和经历上看，我认为他有资格做好这项工作。
17.be very enthusiastic in pursuing a career in … 在……热情地追求事业
He is very enthusiastic in pursuing a career in your company.
他热情地在贵公司追求自己的事业。
18.make enormous contributions to 对……做出贡献
I am convinced that my ability and experience will make enormous contributions to the growth of your company and I am most eager to prove it to you.
我的能力和经验将对公司做出巨大的贡献，我也急切地要向你证明这点。
19.to have the privilege of an interview 有幸参加面试
Seeing is believing and I an eager to have the privilege of an interview to show myself.
眼见为实，我急切希望有幸参加面试来展示自己。
20.to arrange a interview at your convenience 在您方便的时候安排面试
I would be very grateful if you could arrange an interview at your convenience.若在方便的时候安排面试，我将不胜感激。
Part VI Useful Sentences and Paragraphs （常用语句和段落）
A.Sentences （语句）
The enclosed resume indicates my broad experience in the area of public relations and
management communications.
随函所附的履历表显示出我在公共关系及管理沟通这些领域的广泛经验。
All of my profeional experience has been in manufacturing organizations.我的专业经验都是运用于制造业。
I’d like to have your attention to page 2 of my resume, on which I describe my concept of public relations.
我想烦您特别注意我在履历表第二页所叙述的公关理念。
I am responding to your advertisement in the Job Market for a civil engineer.我来应聘的是您在人才市场报上刊登的土建工程师的职位。
I was very much pleased to see that you are advertising for a bookkeeper because I have long admired your firm’s work.
看到你们登广告招聘一名记帐员，我很高兴，因为很久以来我一直在羡慕你们公司的工作。 I would have applied to your for a position some time ago, if you had a vacancy.如果你们早有空缺，我早就期望着向你申请一个职位。
I also handle trade acceptances, drafts and notes and see that they are met on due dates.
我还可以处理商业承兑、汇票和票据，并且保证使它们如期支付。
For the past five years, I have been with Smith and Jones.
过去五年，我一起在史密斯和琼斯公司工作。
I am a skilled software designer.
我是一名熟练的软件设计员。
I am interested in your position for a operator of the drill.
我对你们提供的钻床操作工的职位感兴趣。
This is a task that calls for technical skills.
这是一个要求有熟练技术能力的工作。
I trust you will consider my application favorably and grant me an interview.相信您会对我的申请优先予以考虑，并准许我前来面谈。
I look forward to the opportunity of attending an interview, at which I can provide further details.
我希望有机会面谈并提供进一步的资料。
Recommendations and references are available upon request.
如果需要，可提供推荐人和证明人。
All my colleagues found me responsible and innovative.
我的同事们都认为我是一个极其负责任并有创新精神的人。
A summary of my qualifications is enclosed.
随函附上我个人的简历。
I would appreciate the privilege of an interview.I may be reached at the addre given above, or by telephone at 32333416.
如若可能给予面试机会，请联系上述地址或拨打电话32333416，不甚感激。
I would be glad to have a personal interview，and can provide references if needed.如能获得面试机会不甚感激，如若需要可以提供推荐人。
Thank you for your consideration.
谢谢您给予考虑。
I welcome the opportunity to meet with you to further discu my qualifications and
your needs.
期待能与您会面并进一步就我个人素质和公司需要进行探讨。
I have enclosed a resume as well as a brief sample of my writing for your review.随函附上简历一份及简要论述以供参考。
I look forward to meeting with you to discu further how I could contribute to your organization.
期待能与您会面并讨论未来我将如何致力于为贵机构作出贡献。
Thank you for your attention to this matter.
谢谢您对此给予的关注。
B.Paragraphs (段落)
a.I think is now time for me to take the jump.Here are my qualifications: I can keep a full set of books by double entry; make out weekly and monthly trial balances; make out monthly profit and loes accounts and balance sheets.
我认为，现在是我有所作为的时候了，我所具备的能力如下：能进行全套帐本的复式簿记，制订周和月的预算表，完成月份损益帐，编制资产负债表，等等。
b.At the suggestion of Mr.Dick Holmes, I am writing to apply for a position in the Instrumentation and Control Group.My work experience in instrumentation should be of value to the group’s latest project, as should my engineering experience at University of South Carolina in automatic control and power plant systems.
迪克·霍尔摩斯先生建议我写信申请检测仪表和控制组的一个职位。我在检测仪表方面的工作经历对这个组最近开展的一些项目应可派上用场，而我在南卡罗来纳大学取得的自动控制和发电站系统工程方面的经验也同样有用。
c.I am expecting to receive my Bachelor of Science degree in ECUST in June 2007.My career goals include a desire to advance in the area of technical management.I am ready to discus my credentials with you at your convenience.If this is poible, I can be reached at 021-63899265.
预计2007年6月我就会拿到华东理工大学的机械工程学学士学位。我的职业目标之一就是进入技术管理部门。我随时可以在您认为方便的时候谈谈我的资历证明方面的话题，如有此可能，请打021-63899265便可联系到我。
d.I am writing to request your support for my application as a PhD candidate for the Georgia Graduate School of Busine.My qualifications include a Master of Science, a Bachelor of Science in Engineering from the University of California and the following abilities:
我写这封信请求您支持我申请乔治亚经济研究所攻读博士学位。我所具备的资格包括加利福尼亚大学授予的工程学硕士和学士学位，以及如下才能：
e.To stay competitive in the future, I have decided to further my study as a PhD candidate.I would be happy to provide any further information you might wish.Your consideration will be appreciated.
为了在将来仍能保持竞争力，我决定博士深造。如您愿意，我将很高兴提供您进一步了解任何情况所需的信息。十分感谢您的关注。
f.That is why I think you may be interested in my application.I do know the fundamentals of newspaper work, having been for two years editor of my university paper and for one year editor-in-chief of the Nanjing University Journal.I have just
settled in Shanghai.I love this community and I would like to earn my living here.这就是我认为您可能对我的申请感兴趣的原因。因为我当过两年的大学学报编辑，当过一年《南京大学学报》的主编，我确实懂得新闻工作的基本原则。我刚在上海定居下来，我喜欢这个地方，愿意在这里谋生。
g.I truly believe that responsible busine experience, expertise in secretarial skills and procedures, and a sincere love of teaching make an ideal combination for the position you advertised.At age 24 I feel ready for a new challenge, and I hope you will offer that challenge to me.
完备的商务经验，秘书实务的专业，以及对教育工作的热爱。我个人深信结合了这三项条件的人才，正是贵公司刊登广告的所要找的理想人选。24岁的我已经准备好，要迎接人生的另一挑战，希望各位能为我带来所期待的挑战。
h.You will see that my original plans were to teach geography, but jobs in this area just didn’t exist at the time I graduated; thus I chose a secretarial occupation where there were many opportunities.I am very glad that I have an unusual talent for administrative office work.
您可以看出，我个人最初的志趣在地理教学。但是毕业时没有职位，于是我选择了机会较多的秘书职务，我很高兴自己对于办公室的管理工作颇有天分。
i.Yet the desire to teach remains.You will see that I have been taking coursers in word proceing and related subjects during the past two years.I find teaching immensely exciting and rewarding.
然而，从事教育工作的意愿仍旧强烈，您可以看出在过去的二年中我学习了文字处理和相关课程，我发现教学是一项十分鼓舞人心并且很有收获的工作。
j.I enjoy working with people very much.I look forward to hearing from you and could be available for interview any time.I would be glad to supply any further information required.I am sure I have the enthusiasm and abilities you are looking for.
我喜欢从事与人打交道的工作。希望能得到您的回音，我随时可以去面试。若需要，我很愿意提供进一步的资料。我相信自己具备您所需要的热忱和能力。
推荐第6篇：There be句型
Therebe句型及用法；Therebe句型表示“某地存在某人/物”；它的构成形式:Thereare／is＋某物／人＋；
一、Therebe句型的句式；（1）否定句：be后加not；（2）疑问句：be提到主语前；否定回答：No,thereisn’t/aren’；Eg：Isthereanywaterintheb；
二、therebe句型有数的变化；be的单复数取决
There be 句型及用法
There be 句型表示“某地存在某人/物”。
它的构成形式:There are／is＋某物／人＋地点。 即可以表示某地方有什么东西，也可以表达某地 方有什么人。
一、There be 句型的句式
（1）否定句：be后加not。注意肯定句中的some变为any。 Eg：There isn’t any water in the bottle.瓶子里没有水
（2）疑问句：be提到主语前。同样，some变为any。 肯定回答：Yes, there is/ are.否定回答：No, there isn’t/ aren’t Eg ：Is there any water in the bottle? 瓶子里有水吗？ Yes, there is./ No, there isn’t.有。/没有。
二、there be句型有数的变化
be的单复数取决于其后的主语，单数主语用is，复数主语全用are；如有并列主语时，be随第一主语变，即就近原则。 There is a girl and two boys in the picture.图片里有一个女孩，两个男孩。
There are two boys and a girl in the picture 图片里有两个男孩，一个女孩
三、there be句型与have的区别
当表示“人”（有生命的）有的时候，用have或has， 强调所属关系；
当表示“物”（无生命的）有的时候，用there is 或 there are，强调空间上的存在。
I have a brother.我有一个弟弟。
There are many apples on the table.桌子上有许多苹果。 但表示某物的组成部分时，二者可以互换。
There are 20 students in our cla.= Our cla has 20 students.我们班有20名学生。
四、there be句型有时态的变化
1、There be句型的一般过去时常用 There was/ were+主语表达。 1) 句子主语为单数名词或不可数名词时，动词be用was。 2) 句子主语为复数名词时，be用were。
3) 主语为几个并列名词时，be的形式与距它最近的一个名词在数量上保持一致。
There was a teacher and 40 students in the room yesterday.昨天房里有一名老师和四十名学生。
2.There be句型的一般将来时常用There will be +主语/ There is (are) going to be+主语来表达。
There is going to be a meeting this afternoon.
推荐第7篇：There be句型
3B 语法总结之三——there be句型
there be句型： 表示存在，即：“某处有某物（或人）”或“某时有某事”。 句型基本结构：There is + 可数名词单数 或 不可数名词 + 时间或地点。
There are + 可数名词复数 + 地点。
There be 句型，请大家记住以下几点：
1、在there be 句型中，主语是单数，be 动词用is 主语是复数，be 动词用are 如有几件物品，be 动词根据最接近be 动词的那个名词决定。
2、there be 句型的否定句在be 动词后加not , 一般疑问句把be 动词调到句首。
3、there be句型与have(has) 的区别：there be 表示在某地有某物（或人）；have(has) 表示某人拥有某物。
4、some 和any 在there be 句型中的运用：some 用于肯定句， any 用于否定句或疑问句。
5、and 和or 在there be句型中的运用：and 用于肯定句， or 用于否定句或疑问句。
6、针对数量提问的特殊疑问句的基本结构是： How many + 名词复数 + are there + 介词短语？ How much + 不可数名词 + is there + 介词短语？
7、针对主语提问的特殊疑问句的基本结构是： What’s + 介词短语？
----------
考考你：
1、____ a story-book on the table.A.There are B.There have C.There is
2、____ any books in the bookcase.A.Are there B.Is there C.What is
3、How many students____in the claroom? A.are B.are there C.is there
推荐第8篇：There be 句型
There be 句型
There be 句型
（一）
[学习要点]
一、There be 结构的句子用来表示某地存在着某物或人，因此，我们也称它为“存在句”。我们用there is ...表示单数，there are ...表示复数。具体地说：
1.There is ...的句子与可数名词单数和不可数句词一起用。 eg: There is a book on the desk .(书桌上有一本书。) There is some juice in the bottle.(瓶子里有一些果汁。) 2.There are ...的句子与可数名词复数一起用。
eg: There are some books on the desk.(书桌上有一些书。)
二、there be 句子的结构的排列为： There be + 名词（词组）+地点，它与汉语词序的排列不同，
eg: 书桌上 有 一本书 There is a book on the desk.
三、当把肯定陈述句改为否定陈述句时，把否定词not放在be动词后面。eg: 1.There is a book on the desk . There is not a book on the desk. 2.There are three pens in the pencil case. There are not three pens in the pencil case 3.There are some children in the zoo. There are not any children in the zoo.
四、从例3中我们可以看到：不定代词some用在肯定句中，在否定句中用any 代替some.
[教师点拨]
一、在there be结构的句子中，动词后面的人或物不用特指。 eg: There is a pineapple on the table. There are some fish in the water.
二、there be结构的主谓一致。be的数与后面的名词一致，若be后是两个或多个并列的名词，be则与靠得最近的那个名词的数一致。
eg: There is a pen, two books and many pencils on the desk.桌上有一支钢笔、两本书和许多铅笔。
There are two books, a pen and many pencils on the desk.桌上有两本书、一支钢笔和许多铅笔。
[强化练习]
一、用is,are 填空。
1.There _________ a boy in the claroom.2.There _________ some juice in the bottle.(瓶子) 3.There _________ some girls behind the house.4.There _________ many flowers in the garden.5.There _________ five pencils in the pencil-case.6.There _________ a lion and two sheep in the zoo.7.There _________ two birds and one cat in the tree.8.There _________ a kindergarten next to the swimming pool.9.There _________ some ice cream in the bowl.(碗) 10.There _________ some animals in the zoo.
二、将下列句子改成否定句。
1.There is a big cake on the table.____________________________________________.
2.There is some tea in the cup.(杯)____________________________________________.3.There are five children in the park._________________________________________.4.There are some monkeys in the zoo.__________________________________________.5.There are many pears on the desk.___________________________________________.6.There is an egg on the table.________________________________________________.7.There are seven books in my bag.(书包)_______________________________________.8.There are many bookshops in Beijing._________________________________________.9.There is a rabbit and two dogs on the sofa.__________________________________.10.There are five books and a pencil-case._____________________________________.
三、汉译英。
1.我的书包里有许多书。2.学校后面没有一个大操场。
3.文具盒里面有一根格尺、三支钢笔和两块橡皮。4.天空中有五只风筝。 5.书店里有许多书。
There be 句型
（二）
[学习要点]
一、分清have 和 there be 的不同。
1 have表示某人或某物拥有什么，我们称之为“拥有”。 2 there be 表示某个地方存在什么，我们称之为“存在有”。 there be + sb./sth.+时间/地点(副词或介词短语)； sb./sth.+ have +sb./sth.else eg: There are some children in the garden.花园里有几个孩子。 She has three cars.她拥有三辆汽车。(汽车是属于她的)
二、分清 have 和 there be 表达时不同语序。 1.have 词序与中文相似。 2.there be 词序与中文不同。
三、have 表示“拥有”是指所属关系，无生命的物也可以拥有。 eg: The chair has four legs.椅子有四条腿。
四、有时既可以用have, 也可以用there be 表示同一个现象，只是所表示的侧重点不同。
eg: The room has a door. There is a door in the room.注：若是部分与整体关系时，有时用两种表达方式都可以。
A week has seven days.=There are seven days in a week.一周有七天。
There be 句型
（三）
[学习要点]
一、当我们把肯定陈述句改成一般疑问句的时候，只要将is或are与there交换位置。当回答一般疑问句时，必须先用yes表示肯定或用no表示否定。 eg:1.There is a book on the desk. -- Is there a book on the desk ?
-- Yes, there is ./ No, there is not . 2.There is some bread on the plate.(盘子) -- Is there any bread on the plate? -- Yes, there is./ No, there is not. 3.There are three pens in the pencil-case. -- Are there three pens in the pencil-case? -- Yes, there are ./ No, there are not. 4.There are some children in the park. -- Are there any children in the park ? -- Yes, there are ./ No, there are not. 5.There are many flowers in the garden. -- Are there many flowers in the garden? -- Yes, there are./ No, there are not.
二、不定代词some用在肯定句中，在一般疑问句与否定句中则用any。[练习题]
一、把下列句子改成一般疑问句 1.There is a bus next to the car.2.There are many children on the playground.3.There is some water in the bottle.(瓶子)
答案：1.Is there a bus next to the car ? 2.Are there many children on the playground? 3.Is there any water in the bottle?
二、将下列句子改成否定句，一般疑问句，并作肯定和否定回答。
1.There is a pineapple on the table.
2.There is some tea in the cup.
3.There are five apples in the desk.
4.There are some cats behind the door.
5.There are many trees in the park。
There be 句型
（四）
[学习要点]
一、我们经常接触的there be 结构的特殊疑问句有两种： 1 What\'s + 介词短语？
eg: What\'s on the desk ? 书桌上有什么？ What\'s in the car ? 汽车里有什么？
What\'s behind the clouds ? 云朵的后面有什么？
回答可以是单数，也可以是复数，也就是说无论问单数还是复数，一律用What\'s开头。
2 How many + 句词复数+are there + 介词短语？
eg: How many books are there on the desk ? 书桌上有多少本书？ How many pandas are there in the zoo ? 动物园里有多少只熊猫？
二、对于上面提到的两种特殊疑问句在回答时应该注意：
1 用What 提问时，虽然问句中是单数动词，回答时按实际情况可以用单数动词，也可以用复数动词。
eg: What\'s on the table? There is some bread on table . There are some apples on table .2 用how many 提问时，虽然问句中是复数动词，回答时按实际情况可以用单数动词，也可以用复数动词。
eg: How many children are there in the claroom ? There is one child in the claroom. There are four children in the claroom.[教师点拨]
一、在there be 结构的句子里，用what 对句子中的人或物提问；用how many 对人或物的数量提问。
eg: There are two sofas in the room. -- What\'s in the room ? There are two sofas in the room. -- How many sofas are there in the room ?
二、What\'s in the room ? 和 What\'s that in the room ? 属于两种不同类型的特殊疑问句，回答的时候方法不用。 eg: What\'s in the room ? --- There is a desk in the room . --- My desk is in the room . What\'s that in the room ? --- It\'s a desk .
三、在there be 结构中的句子中，我们不用能where 对地点提问。 [典型例题] 1 There are some books in the desk .(对划线部分提问)
What\'s in the desk ? 2 There are three pencils in the pencil-case.（对划线部分提问） How many pencils are there in the pencil-case?
推荐第9篇：There be 句型
There be 句型与have, has的区别
1、There be 句型表示：在某地有某物（或人）
2、在there be 句型中，主语是单数，be 动词用is ; 主语是复数，be 动词用are
如有几件物品，be 动词根据最靠近be 动词的那个名词决定。
3、there be 句型的否定句在be 动词后加not ,
一般疑问句把be 动词调到句首。
4、there be句型与have(has) 的区别： there be 表示在某地有某物（或人）； have(has)表示某人拥有某物。
5、some 和any 在there be 句型中的运用： some 用于肯定句，any 用于否定句或疑问句。
6、and 和or 在there be句型中的运用： and 用于肯定句，or 用于否定句或疑问句。
7、针对数量提问的特殊疑问句的基本结构是：
How many + 名词复数 + are there + 介词短语？
How much + 不可数名词+ is there + 介词短语？
8、针对主语提问的特殊疑问句的基本结构是：
What’s + 介词短语？
Fill in the blank with “have,has or “there is , there are”
1.I________a good father and a good mother.
2.____________a telescope on the desk.
3.He_________a tape-recorder.
4._____________a basketball in the playground.
5.She__________some drees.
6.They___________a nice garden.
7.What do you___________?
8.______________a reading-room in the building?
9.What does Mike___________?
10.______________any books in the bookcase?
11.My father_________a story-book.
12._______________a story-book on the table.
13._______________any flowers in the vase? 14.How many students____________in the claroom?
15.My parents___________some nice pictures.
16._____________some maps on the wall.
17.______________a map of the world on the wall.
18.David__________a telescope.
19.David’s friends___________some tents.
20.______________many children on the hill.
Fill in the blank with “have,has”
1.
I_________ a nice puppet. 2.
He_________a good friend. 3.
They__________ some masks. 4.
We___________some flowers. 5.
She___________ a duck.
6.
My father____________ a new bike. 7.
Her mother___________a vase.
8.
Our teacher_________ an English book. 9.
Our teachers___________a basketball. 10.
Their parents___________some blankets 11.
Nancy_________many skirts. 12.
David__________some jackets.
13.
My friends__________a football. 14.
What do you__________? 15.
What does Mike__________?
16.
What do your friends___________? 17.
What does Helen___________?
18.
His brother________a basketball. 19.
Her sister_________a nice doll. 20.
Mi Li__________an English book.
推荐第10篇：There be句型
1、there be句型的主语一般是泛指的，不可用the, this, that, these, those及所有格代词修饰。 be动词采用“就近一致原则”。
2、be动词可用以下词替代：
1）不及物动词（appear, continue, happen, seem等）+ to be + n.There appears to be something wrong with the engine.
2）表示静态的动词（belong, exist, lie, live, remain, stand）
There lived an old farmer and his two sons in that house.
3）表示动态的词（arrive, break, come, die, enter, follow, fly, flash, go pa, ride, run, sail）
There came to his mind her beautiful and intelligence face.
4）某些及物动词（少见）
There struck me a sudden idea.
There then addreed the meeting the new leader of the party.
3、there be句型的时态
4、there be句型的反意疑问句
5、there be句型的倒装
there be句型本身就是主系表句型的完全倒装句，它的原句型是：名词+be+ there。其中be可以换成其他动词如；there lives/lived...; there lies/lay...; there stands/stood; there exists/existed等，用现在时还是过去时是根据句子的时态要求而定。如：
试题：____a certain doubt among the students as to the neceity of the work A.It existed B.There existed C.There had D.Existed there 答案：B
6、there be句型中的非限定形式 1）there being：
作主语、宾语、介词宾语（there being常省略）、状语（有逗号） 2）there to be：
作宾语（believe, expect, hate, hope, intend, like, meant, prefer, want, wish等词后）
作介词for的宾语（其它介词要用there being）
作主语时，前面要有介词for引导，there可看作该结构的逻辑主语 作状语，for there to be
7、固定结构
1）There is no + ving 表示“不可能，无法”，相当于：It is impoible to do.2）There is no sense/point/use (in) + ving 表示“„是没意义的/无用的” 3）There is no question that/but that…… 表示“无疑，毫无疑问”
4）There is no question about/of + n.表示“无疑，毫无疑问，不可能” 5）There is no question of + ving 表示“不可能，没有可能性”
专项练习详解(P191-192)：
1.Ever since his paintings went in exhibit, there _____ large crowds at the museum every day.A.are
B.have been C.has been
D.are being
2._____ to be much chance of his research group making breakthrough in the field.
A.This doesn’t seem
B.There hasn’t seemed
C.There doesn’t seem
D.It doesn’t seem
3.There is _____ in persuading him when he turns a deaf ear to you.
A.of no use B.without any use C.of no good D.no much point 4.—You have booked on a four o’clock flight.
—What chance _____ of taking an earlier plane?
A.is there
B.there is C.it is
D.is it 5.There has not been a great response to the sale, _____?
A.does there B.hasn’t there C.hasn’t it
D.has there 6.In the beach house, there was a small room _____.
A.being served as a kitchen B.served as a kitchen
C.Serving as a kitchen
D.in which served as a kitchen 7.In our office there is a man _____.
A.keeping the office tidy B.who will be to keep the office tidy
C.to keep the office tidy
D.kept the office tidy 8.I don’t want _____ any more trouble.
A.to be B.being
C.there to be D.there being 9.The children expected there _____ more outdoor sports after cla.
A.is
B.being
C.have been
D.to be
10.The chairman was disappointed at there _____ different opinions on this question.
A.is
B.being
C.have been
D.to be 11.The secretary arranged for _____ a seminar on unemployment.
A.there to be B.there being C.there is
D.being there
12.There ___ a translation with the original in this book is a great advantage for a beginner.
A.is
B.being
C.to be
D.having been
13.The jury hoped there _____ no doubt in everyone’s mind about the guilt of the defendants.
A.being
B.to be C.be
D.having been 14._____ nothing to do, she went back to her room.
A.There is B.There being C.Without having D.Being 15._____, the meeting was adjourned.
A.There being no further busine B.There was not further busine
C.Without having further busine D.Being no further busine 16.It was unusual _____ snow in this region.
A.there to be B.there be C.for there to be D.at there being 17.She hates _____ someone listening while she’s telephoning.
A.there be B.there C.to be
D.there to be 18.There _____ been tremendous progre within this century.
A.has
B.have
C.is
D.were 19.There _____ to be many arguments on both sides.
A.seems B.seem C.have
D.is
20.There _____ much pain and toil involved in their work during that period.
A.is
B.are
C.being
D.been
练习答案：
1、A。Every since与现在完成时连用；crowds复数
2、C。There seemsàThere doesn’t seem；D选项句型为：It doesn’t seem that …
3、D。there is no much point in doing sth.= it is no use in doing sth.
4、A。There is no chance of doing sth.
5、D。There be句型的反意疑问句
6、B。被动，be served as；过去分词作定语
7、A。主动，the man keeps the room tidy
8、C。there to be作want的宾语
9、D。believe, expect, hate, hope, intend, like, meant, prefer, want, wish等动词后要跟there to be
10、B。除介词for用there to be作宾语外，其它介词要用there being
11、A。见第10题解释
12、B。there be的非限定形式，作主语
13、B。见第9题解释
14、B。there be的非限定形式，作状语
15、A。there be的非限定形式，作状语
16、C。it是形式宾语，for there to be snow in this region是真正的主语，
17、D。见第9题解释
18、A。tremendous progre是不可数名词，动词用单数
19、B。many arguments是复数；to be在这里起加强语气的作用 20、A。much pain and toil（劳累）是不可数名词
第11篇：there be句型
There be 句型
一.There be 句型的定义
定义：There be句型表示某处存在某物或某人。
结构：
一、构成：There be ...句型表示的是 “某处有(存在)某人或某物”，其结构为There be(is，are，was, were )+名词+地点状语。例如： There are fifty-two students in our cla.There is a pencil in my pencil-case.There was an old house by the river five years ago.【注意】 There be句型和have\\has的区别：
There be句型表示 “存在有”, have\\has表示 “拥有” “所有”,两者不能同时使用。如：
桌子上有三本书.There are three books on the desk.我有三本书.I have three books.
二.各种句式
1.否定句
There be句型的否定式的构成和含有be动词的其它句型一样，在be后加上not或no即可。
注意not和no的不同：not是副词，no为形容词，not a/an/any + n.相当于no+ n.例如：
There are some pictures on the wall.→There aren\'t any pictures on the wall.=There are no pictures on the wall.
There is a bike behind the tree.→ There isn\'t a bike behind the tree.=There is no bike behind the tree.
2.一般疑问句
There be句型的一般疑问句变化是把be动词调整到句首，再在句尾加上问号即可，此为\"调整法\"。但同时要注意：当肯定句中有some时，要将其改为any（否定变化也一样）。
There is some water on Mars.→ Is there any water on Mars?
There are some fish in the water.→Are there any fish in the water?
3.变换三：特殊疑问句
There be句型的特殊疑问句形式有以下三种变化：
① 对主语提问：当主语是人时，用 \"Who\'s+介词短语?\"； 当主语是物时，用 \"What\'s + 介词短语?\"。
注意：无论原句的主语是单数还是复数，对之提问时一般都用be的单数形式(回答时却要根据实际情况来决定)。如：
There are many things over there.→What\'s over there? There is a little girl in the room.→ Who is in the room?
② 对地点状语提问：提问地点用 \"Where is / are+主语?\" 例如：
There is a computer on the desk.→ Where is the computer?
There are four children on the playground.→Where are the four children?
③ 对数量提问：一般有两种句型结构：
How many+复数名词+are there+介词短语? How much+不可数名词+is there+介词短语?
4.变换四：反意疑问句
反意疑问句：There be或There加其它动词，其反意疑问句一律用…there? 例如：
There is a beautiful girl in the garden, isn’t there? There will be no claes on Sundays, won’t there?
题型
一.基础题 单项选择。
(
) 1.Are there any maps on the wall? ___
A.There are some.
B.Yes, there is.
C.Yes, there is one.
D.No, there are.
(
) 2.How many ____ are there in the picture?
A.woman
B.women
C.buy
D.milk (
) 3.There aren’t ___ trees near the house.There is only one.
A.any
B.some
C.many
D.much (
) 4.There ___ two bowls of rice on the table.
A.is
B.have
C.has
D.are (
) 5.Are there ___ houses near the river? Yes, there are ____ .
A.some, some
B.any, some
C.any, any
D.some, any (
) 6.There ____ a pencil, a book and two pens on the table.A.has
B.is
C.are
D.have (
) 7.There ______ four PE leons next week.
A.are B.is going to be
C.is going to have
D.are going to be (
) 8.There_____ a football match tomorrow.
A.will
B.will have
C.will be
D.be going to be (
) 9.How many ________ are there in your claroom？
A．desks B．desk C．chair D．door (
)10.There_____some milk ,some eggs and a few apples on the table.
A.is
B.are
C.has
D.have (
)11.There ________ an apple and ten bananas in the basket．You can take any of them．
A．are B．is C．has D．have
(
)12..There_____anything new in today\'s newspaper .
A.is
B.are
C.isn\'t
D.aren\'t
(
)13._____ there ____books on the shelf?
A.Are; a
B.Is; a
C.Have; some
D.Are; any (
)14.There_____many elephants in Africa.
A.is
B.has
C.are
D.have (
)15.--Is there a hotel near here?
--_____
A.Yes.please
B.Not at all
C.Sorry,i don\'t know D.Here you are
(
)16.Are there any _____on the table?
A.meat
B.cheese
C.tomatoes
D.papper (
)17.There\'s _____ eraser on _____desk.
A.an; the
B.the; a
C.the; the
D.an; /
按要求变换句型。
18.There is a woman near the house.（变复数）
_____________________________________________________________ 19.There are some apples in the tree.（变一般疑问句）
______________________________________________________________ 20.There are some oranges in the gla.（变否定句）
_______________________________________________________________
二、提高题
1．There ________ no tea in the cup．
A．is B．are C．has D．be 2．There ________ in the next room．
A．is Tom B．are some boys
C．are they D．is the boy
3．There is some ________ on the plate．
A．apple B．bread C．banana D．sandwich 4．There ________ some paper and a pen on the desk．
A．is B．are C．have D．has
5．There ________ a school at the foot of the hill．
A．have B．stand C．are D．stands 6．--Is there a hotel near here?
--_____
A.Yes.please
B.Not at all
C.Sorry,i don\'t know D.Here you are 7．There is some milk in the bottle， ________ ？
A．isn\'t there B．aren\'t there C．isn\'t it D．are there 8． ________ is there on the table？
A．How many apples B．How much bread
C．How much breads D．How many food 9．There are sixty minutes in ________ hour．
A．an B．the C．a D．／
10．There is ________ old woman in the car．
A．× B．a C．the D．an
11．There\'s ________ orange tree behind ________ house．
A．an ；the B．a；a C．the；the
12．There is ________ map in the claroom． ________ map is on the wall．
A．a；A B．the；The C．a；The D．the；A
13．There is ________ “f”and ________ “u”in the word“four”．
A．an；a B．a；a C．an；an D．a；an 14．There ________ not any water in the gla．
A．has B．is C．are
D.have
15．There ________ a football match in our school this afternoon．
A．are going to have B．is going to have
C．are going to be D．is going to be
三、难题
1.There ________ great changes in our country since 1979．
A．have been B．were C．has been D．are 2.There is little water in the gla， ________ ？
A．isn \'t there B．isn\'t it C．is it D．is there
3.There\'s going to ________ in tomorrow\'s newspapers．
A．have something new B．have new something
C．be something new D．be new something
4.There isn\'t ________ paper in the box．Will you go and get some for me？
A．any B．some C．a D．an
5.There ________ some water in the bottle．
A．are B．is C．has D．have
6.There ________ something wrong with my car．
A．are B．has C．is D．have
7.—There is no air or water on the moon，is there？
— ________ ．
A．Yes，there are B．No，there isn\'t
C．Yes，there isn\'t D．No，there is
8.There are so many green trees on _____sides of the street .
A.either
B.each
C.both
D.neither 9.The letter from my uncle was short.There wasn\'t _____ news.
A.many B.a few C.much D.few 10.Do you know if ___ a meeting next Sunday ? A.there was going to have B.there was going to be C.is there going to be
D.there will be
真题链接
2006 8．There________ ________ on the plate．
A．is，breads
B．are，breads．
C．is，some bread
D．are，some bread 2007 5.-- _________ there _________ on the plate? -- Yes, _______ only a little. A.Is, a meat, and B.Are, meats, but C.Are, any meats, and D.Is, any meat, but 2008 6.There ______________ much water in the gla.
A.is
B.are
C.be
2010 (
) 18.There __________ too much sugar in the coffee.
A.is
B.are
C.have
D.has
答案：
一、基础题 1—5 DBADB
6—10 BDCAA
11—17 BDCCCA
`18.There are some women near the houses.19.Are there any apples in the tree? 20.There aren’t any oranges in the gla.
二、提高题1—5 ABBBAD
6--10 CABAD
三、难题1—5 ADCAB
6—10 CBCCD 真题链接
CDAA
11-15 ACABD
第12篇：There be句型
There be句型
There be句型：是一常见的表示“存在”的句型。该结构不表示“存在”意义的现象又广见于书面语及口语，它以否定句的形式出现，用于对某一具体行为和抽象概念的否定。
There在此结构中是引导词，已经没有副词“那里”的含义。 There be 后面的名词是句子的主语，属倒装结构；
1.There be 句型的否定句有两种构成方式，一种是将否定副词not放在be 之后，如：
There isn’t a box in the room.房间里没有盒子。 There aren’t any pens on the desk.课桌上没有钢笔。 There hasn’t been any rain for a week.一周没下雨了。 There won’t be a meeting today.今天没有会议。 另一种是在主语前加上不定代词no , 如：
There is no water in the bottle.瓶子里没有水。 There are no pictures on the wall.墙上没有图画。
There will be no one at home tomorrow morning.明天上午不会有人在家。 There might be no money left。或许没有剩下什么钱。
2.There be 句型的一般疑问句是将be 放在there 之前，回答时用yes或no，后接简单答语。如：
Is there a cake on the table?桌子上有块蛋糕吗？ Yes，there is./ No，there isn’t.是，有。/ 不，没有。 Will there be a party tonight？今晚有聚会吗？
Yes，there will./ No, there won’t是的，有。/ 不，没有。
Have there been any letters from your mother lately?近日你妈妈有信来吗？ Yes，there have./ No, there haven’t.是，有的。/ 不，没有。
3.There be 句型的特殊疑问句主要有how many和how much做引导词两种情况： How many students are there in your school?你们学校有多少学生？ How much money is there in your pocket?你口袋里有多少钱?
1 4.There be 句型的反意疑问句
There is a cup on the table, isn’t there?桌子上有只杯子，是吗？ There is some orange in the gla, isn’t there?杯子里有桔汁，是吗? There are a lot of letters in the mailbox, aren’t there?邮筒里有很多信件，是吗？
There will be a new hospital nearby, won’t there?附近要建一家新医院，是吗? There be句型结构：
1、There be 句型中的be 应和其后出现的主语在数上一致，即“近主原则”，如：
There is a lamp on the table.There are some apples in the bowl.There are five books,two pens and a ruler in the school bag.There is a ruler,two pens and five books in the school bag.
2、如果主语是复数名词，却表示一笔金额或一个总数或表达一个单个概念时，则仍用单数be形式，如：
There is five hundred dollars to pay.There is still another 20 miles to drive.There is duck and green vegetables for supper.
3、There be 中的be 有时可以是lie,stand,used to be,seem to be,appear to be 等，如：
There lies a river to the south.There lived an old man in the small house.There stood a temple near the river.There used to be a castle at the foot of the hill.
4、There is(was)+no +动词ing结构相当于It is(was) impoible to +动词原形，如：
There is no going home.回家是不可能了。 There is no living with him.不能和他同住了。
There is no knowing what may happen.不可能知道会发生什么事。
2 和have的比较：
1.区别点：there be 意为存在，强调某地有某物，不表示所属关系；have 表示所有关系， 强调某人或某地有某物，这是其基本用法。如： There are some trees in front of the house.房前有些树。 Tom has many friends in China.汤姆在中国有许多朋友。
2.相同点：在表示结构上的含有时，既可以用there be 句型，也可以用have（has） 来表示。如：
There are many long rivers in China./China has many long rivers.中国有许多长河。
How many days are there in March?/How many days has March?三月份有多少天？ 注意:
There与be中间可插入一些表推测的情态动词、表时态的短语和一些动词短语 (如和将来时be going to\\ will、现在完成时 have\\has + pp.、used to结构等连用，注意其构成形式)。 例如：
There must be a pen in the box.There happened to be some money in my pocket.There is going to be a meeting tonight.There has been a big tree on the top of the hill.There used to be a church acro from the bank.There be + 主语 + doing +介词短语.例如： There is a truck collecting rubish outside.There is a wallet lying on the ground There be结构中的be动词的确定：
1.there be 结构中的谓语动词be在人称和数上应与其后的主语保持一致。主语是不可数名词或单数可数名词时用is，是复数时用are。如：
There is a flower in the bottle.瓶里有一朵花。
There is some money in the purse.钱包里有些钱。
3 2.若句子中有几个并列的主语时，be的形式要与离其最近的一个主语在人称和数上保持一致。如：
There is a boy, a girl and two women in the house. 房子里有一个男孩，一个女孩和两个妇女。
There are ten students and a teacher in the office. 办公室里有十个学生和一个教师。
3.另外，在陈述句中为了强调地点，也可将介词短语提到句首。如：
In the tree there are five birds.树上有五只鸟。
There be结构时态：1.There be 句型中动词be可以有一般现在时、一般过去时、将来时和完成时。
There is no harm in trying.不妨一试。
There were fabulous wildflowers in the hills last spring.去年春天，山中有极美的野花。
There will be a fine day tomorrow.明天将是一个晴天。
There have been several private schools in our area this year.今年，我们这里已经有好几所私立学校了。
2.There be 句型可以和各种助动词、情态动词连用。
There may be a cigarette in that box.那只盒子里或许有支香烟。 There must be some cakes on the table.桌子上一定有些蛋糕。
There used to be a hospital there before the war.战前，那里曾经有家医院。
3.There be 句型也可以和这样一些的谓语动词连用：be going to、seem to、appear to、used to、be likely to、happen to „.There seem to be a few trees between me and the green.在我与草坪之间好像有一些树。
There is gong to be a meeting tonight.今天晚上有个会议。 There is likely to be a storm.可能有一场暴雨。 There happened to be a bus nearby.碰巧附近有辆公交车。
There appears to have been a nasty accident.似乎发生了一起严重事故。
4
4.there be 结构中除可以用be 外，还可以用其它动词。例如： There came a scent of lime-bloom.飘来一阵菩提树的花香。
Once upon a time there lived a king in China.从前中国有一个国王。 非谓语动词形式：
There be 结构的非谓语动词形式是there to be 和there being 两种形式。在句中作主语、宾语和状语。
1.there being 结构起名词的作用，直接位于句首作主语，通常用it 作形式主语，并且用for引导。There being a bus stop near my house is a great advantage.我家旁边有个公共汽车站，很是方便。
It is impoible for there to be any more.不可能再有了。
2.there be 结构作宾语时，通常用there to be ，常作这样一些词的宾语： expect，like, mean, intend, want,prefer,hate等。
I expect there to be no argument about this.我期望关于这件事不要再争吵了。
I should prefer there to be no discuion of my private affairs.我宁愿不要讨论我的私事。
People don’t want there to be another war.人们不希望再有战争了。 另外，作介词宾语时，如果是介词for，只能用“there to be”其它介词用“there being”
The teacher was waiting for there to be complete silence.老师在等着大家都安静下来。
I never dreamed of there being any good chance for me.我做梦也没想到我会有好机会。
3.作状语的there be 形式，通常用“there being”结构。
There being nothing else to do ,we went home.因为没有其他事可做，我们就回家了。
They closed the door ,there being no customers.因为没有顾客，他们的店关门了。
第13篇：there be句型
There be句型的用法
There be句型的用法
一、构成：There be ...句型表示的是 “某处有(存在)某人或某物”，其结构为There be(is，are，was, were )+名词+地点状语。例如：
There are fifty-two students in our cla.There is a pencil in my pencil-case.
There was an old house by the river five years ago.
二、各种句式：
否定句：There be句型否定句式的构成和含有be动词的其它句型一样，在be后加上“not”。也可用“no”来表示。即：no + n.（名词）= not a\\an\\any + n.（名词）。注意：no + n.（可数名词单数）= not a\\an + n.（可数名词单数）；no + n.（可数名词复数）= not any + n.（可数名词复数）；no + n.（不可数名词）= not any + n.（不可数名词）。例如：
There is an orange in her bag.→There isn’t an orange in her bag.→There is no orange in her bag.There are some oranges in her bag.→There aren’t any oranges in her bag.→There are no oranges in her bag.There is some juice in the bottle.→There isn’t any juice in the bottle.→There is no juice in the bottle.
一般疑问句：There be结构的一般疑问句变化只需把be动词移到句首，再在句尾加上问号即可。例如：
There is some money in her handbag.
→ Is there any money in her handbag? (疑问句和否定句中，some改为any, something改为anything.)
There is something new in today’s newspaper.→There isn’t anything new in today’s newspaper.→Is there anything new in today’s newspaper? 特殊疑问句：
There be句型的特殊疑问句有以下三种形式：
① 对主语提问：当主语是人时，用 “Who’s + 介词短语?”；当主语是物时，用 “What’s + 介词短语?”。其中there在口语中常常省略。注意：无论原句的主语是单数还是复数，对其提问时一般都用be的单数形式(回答时却要根据实际情况来决定)。如：
There is a bird in the tree.→What’s in the tree?
There are some bikes over there.→What’s over there?
There is a little girl in the room.→Who is in the room?
② 对地点状语提问：用 “Where is \\ are + 主语?”表示（注意其答语变化）：例如：
There is a computer in my office.
→ Where is the computer? ----It’s in my office.
There are four children in the claroom.
→Where are the four children?—They’ re in the claroom.
③ 对数量提问：一般有两种提问方式：
如果主语是可数名词，无论是单数还是复数，都用“How many +可数名词复数 + are there + 介词短语？”表示：
There are twelve months in a year. →How many months are there in a year? There is only one book in my bag. → How many books are there in your bag? There is a cat in the box.
→ How many cats are there in the box?
如果主语是不可数名词，则用“ How much + 不可数名词 + is there + 介词短语？”表示：
There is some money in my purse.How much money is there in
your purse?
反意疑问句：There be或There加其它动词，其反意疑问句一律用„there? 例如： There is a beautiful girl in the garden, isn’t there? There used to be no school here, used there \\did there?
三、注意事项：
1.There be句型中be动词的形式要和其后的主语在人称和数上保持一致。 如果句子的主语是单数的可数名词，或是不可数名词，be动词用“is”“was”。例如：
There is a basketball in the box.There is a little milk in the gla.
如果句子的主语是复数名词，be动词就用“are” “were”。例如：There are many birds in the tree.
There were many people in the street yesterday.
如果有两个或两个以上的名词作主语，be动词要和最靠近它的那个主语在数上保持一致，也就是我们常说的 “就近原则”。例如：
There is an orange and some bananas in the basket.
There are some bananas and an orange in the basket.
2. There与be中间可插入一些表推测的情态动词、表时态的短语和一些动词短语 (如和将来时be going to\\ will、现在完成时
have\\has + pp.、used to结构等连用，注意其构成形式,这一内容在我们日常练习中经常出现错误,是一难点,也是历年中考试题中的一个考点.)。例如：
There must be a pen in the box.
There happened to be some money in my pocket. There is going to be a meeting tonight.There has been a big tree on the top of the hill.There used to be a church acro from the bank.3.There be句型和have\\has的区别：
There be句型表示 “存在有”, have\\has表示 “拥有” “所有”,两者不能同时使用.例如：
桌子上有三本书.There are three books on the desk.我有三本书.I have three books.
4.There be + 主语 + doing +介词短语.例如：
There is a truck collecting rubish outside.There is a wallet lying on the ground.四、练习：Choose the best answers.
1.
There isn’t _____water in the gla.Let’s go and get some.A.many
B.lots
C.any
D.some 2.
There ___a lot of news about Zhang Ziyi on TV last night.
A.was
B.had
C.is
D.were 3.There ____ many changes in the village recently.A.is
B.are
C.have been
D.to be
4.---There _______a lot of meat on the plate.Would you like some? ---Just a little, please.
A.is
B.are
C.am
D.be
5.There _______ some books, a ballpen and a ruler on the desk.
A.is
B.are
C.have
D.has
6.There _______ a ballpen, a ruler and some books on the desk.A.is
B.are
C.have
D.has 7.There is a boy _______at the door.
A.stand
B.standing
C.stood
D.is standing 8.---_______is in the house?
--- There is an old women in the house.
A.What
B.Whose
C.Who
D.Which
9.There used to be a tower here, _____?
A.usedn’t it
B.used there
C.didn’t it
D.didn’t there 10.There ____a meeting tonight.
A.is going be
B.is going to have
C.is going to
D.is going to be
Key 1-5
CACAB
6-10 ABCDD
There be 句型的练习题
一、选择
1.There are_____ pencils in my pencil box. A．．．．a
B.an
C.some 2.There is ______ rocking chair in my bedroom.
A. a
B.an
C.five 3.There are _____ new books for you. A. a
B.an
C.two 4.There is _______ ruler on the desk. A. a
B.an
C.some 5.There is________cap on the desk. A.One
B.an
C.three 6.There are ______ pencil boxes in the book bag. A. a
B.an
C.two
二 把下例句子改成疑问句
1. There
are
four
apples
on
the
ground.
_______________________________________ 2. There
are
five
birds
in
the
tree.
_______________________________________ 3．
There
are
five
birds
singing
in
the tree.
:_______________________________________ 4.There is
an
armchair
in
the
living
room.
______________________________________ 5.There’s a sofa in the living room. ______________________________________ 6.There’s a
rubber
duck
in
the
bathmat.
______________________________________
三把下例句子改成否定句。
1.There are
two
bowls
on
the
table.
__________________________________________ 2.There are
some
beautiful
flowers
in
the garden. :__________________________________________ 3.There
is
a
tree
in
the garden.
:___________________________________________ 4. There
is
an
apple
tree
in
the garden. :____________________________________________
第14篇：句型
陈述句改成比喻句。
例：长城穿行在大地，连绵起伏。 1秋风阵阵地吹，黄叶飘落下来。 2京杭大运河银光闪闪，伸向天边。 3战士们冲了上去。 4她有一双明亮的眼睛。 5圆溜溜的柿子挂满枝头。
6雪山顶上，蓝蓝的湖水透明极了。
7、鸟儿啼转起来。
8、洞庭湖的水真绿啊！
9、奔腾的湖水从大坝的进水口直冲下来。
10、他飞快地跑过来。
改拟人句
1、蝴蝶、蜜蜂在花丛中飞来飞去
2、小草儿发芽了
3、春天来了
4、百灵鸟在树枝叫。
5、太阳慢慢地从东边升起来了
6、一排排柳树倒映在水中。
改病句
0
1、不管天气十分炎热，大家还是坚持锻炼身体。
0
2、已经把连长交给我的任务顺利实行了。 0
3、同学们一定要遵守交通规则，防止不要发生事故。
0
4、上课时，小华的眼睛不转眼地注视着老师。 0
5、我买了钢笔、尺子、橡皮和文具就急忙赶回家去。
0
6、虽然你学习再好，但是没有骄傲的理由。 0
7、玛莎穿着一件蓝色的风衣和一顶黄色的帽子。0
8、今晚天空月圆如镜，繁星满天，多美的夜景啊！ 0
9、广场上挤满了许许多多数不清的人群。
10、经过治疗，小明的病已经恢复了健康。
转述句;
张童说：“我一定要坚持长跑锻炼。 ”
2、姐姐说：“ 你说得对，我就这样做。 ”
3、老班长说：“ 我没有完成任务，没把你们照顾好。”
4、妈妈对我说：“今天我要开个会，你自己做饭。”
第15篇：there be 句型
2008暑假
2008.6.
高一（英语）学案
there be 句型It的及用法
“ There be …”句型是初中英语的重点句型之一，现将其用法归纳如下：
一、be 动词的形式
句中 be 动词用单数形式还是用复数形式，由与其最靠近的用作主语的名词的数来决定。例如：
There is a pen and a pencil in the pencil-box.
There are two apples， an orange and some bananas on the table.
二、时态运用
一般现在时： There is a map of China on the wall.
一般将来时： There will / is going to be a sports meeting next week.
一般过去时： How many students were there in your school last term？
过去将来时： The teacher said there would be a football match on TV this evening.
现在完成时： There have been two shops and a hospital here.
There has been a hospital and two shops here.
三、“ There be …”的几种特殊句式
1.There be + n.+ doing sth .（某人在做某事。）例如：
There are three Chinese girls looking after them.（ JBI， P69 ）（有三个中国姑娘照顾他们。）
There\'s a boy swimming in the lake.（ JBI， P169 ）（有一个男孩在湖中游泳。）
There\'re hundreds of students watching the football match.（ JBI， P169 ）（有好几百学生在观看足球赛。）
There will be fewer people wanting to buy cars.（ JB III， P63）（有较少的人想买轿车。）
2.There was no time to think.（ JB II， P63 ）（没有时间考虑）
1 地点：南山后悔 海月路花半里12号
电话：26688056
26688059
邮箱：hhguoao@163.com
2008暑假
2008.6.
高一（英语）学案
There\'s no need to thank me.I\'m only doing my job.（ JB III， P82 ）（没有必要感谢我，我只是尽我的职责罢了。）
3.There\'re twenty more trees to be planted.（ JB III， P54 ）
（还有 20 多棵树要栽。）
四、“ There be …”的几种特殊句式转换
1.a.（ 1 ） There isn\'t a cat in the sitting-room.（改写成意思相同的句子）
（ 2 ） There is no cat in the sitting-room.
b.（ 1 ） There aren\'t any cats in the sitting-room.（改写成意思相同的句子）
（ 2 ） There\'re no cats in the sitting-room.
2.a.（ 1 ） There\'s a sheep on the hill.（对划线部分提问）
（ 2 ） How many sheep are there on the hill？
b.（ 1 ） There\'re some sweaters in the box.（对划线部分提问）
（ 2 ） What\'s in the box？
3.a.（ 1 ） There\'s little time left.（改写为反意疑问句）
（ 2 ） There\'s little time left， is there？
b.（ 1 ） There used to be a bridge over the river.（改为反意疑问句）
（ 2 ） There used to be a bridge over the river， didn\'t there？ / usedn\'t there？
五． “There be „”句型的几种特殊形式：在“There be„”句型种还有些特殊形式，即句型中的“be”有多样性，比如说，可以说“there stand , there lived ,there lay „..”
There lived an old wise man in our village.
There stand a young lady under that big tree.
六 .“ There be …”句型误用例析
2 地点：南山后悔 海月路花半里12号
电话：26688056
26688059
邮箱：hhguoao@163.com
2008暑假
2008.6.
高一（英语）学案
1.误： There will have a meeting next Wednesday.
正： There will be a meeting next Wednesday.
分析：“ There be …”表示“某处存在有”，不能与 have / has
（有）互换使用。
2.误：－ What are in the basket？ － There\'re some apples.
正：－ What\'s in the basket？ － There\'re some apples.
分析：疑问代词 what 作主语时，谓语动词一般用第三人称单数形式。
3.误： There will be much rainy the day after tomorrow.
正： There will be much rain the day after tomorrow.
分析：“ There be + n.…”中用名词 rain 作主语，而不用形容词 rainy .
4.误： There\'re many Young Pioneers are planting trees along the river.
正： There\'re many Young Pioneers planting trees along the river.
分析：“ There be +n.+ doing sth ”中的“ doing sth ”是现在分词短语作定语，故应用 planting， 而不用“ are planting ”。
5.误： There\'re some money in the purse.
正： There\'s some money in the purse.
分析： money 为不可数名词，故 be 动词应用单数形式 is .自测题（单项选择题）
1．There _____ a clock on the table.(a) a.is b.are 2.______ there a radio on your desk? (b) 3 地点：南山后悔 海月路花半里12号
电话：26688056
26688059
邮箱：hhguoao@163.com
2008暑假
2008.6.
高一（英语）学案
a.are b.is 3.____ there a map on the wall? Yes, there ______.(c) a.are / is b.is / are c.is / is d.are /are 4.There _____ some students in the claroom.(a) a.are b.is 5.There _____ a pencil, a book and two pens on the table.(a) a.is b.are 6.There _____ two apples, one orange and one banana on the table.(b) a.is b.are 7.Are there _____ pictures on the wall? No, there aren\'t ______ .(a) a.any / any b.some / any c.some / some 8.There isn\'t a book in his hand.There is _____ book in his hand.(a) a.no b.not 9.There is a tree ____ the playground.(b) a.at b.near 10.-- Are there _____ shops near here? (d) -- No, there are _____ shops near here. a.some, not b.some, any c.any, not d.any, no
（一）中考题例
1．—What did you see in the basket then ？
—There ________ a bottle of orange juice and some oranges．（\'99山西）
4 地点：南山后悔 海月路花半里12号
电话：26688056
26688059
邮箱：hhguoao@163.com
2008暑假
2008.6.
高一（英语）学案
A．is B．are C．was D．were
2．There ________ a big tree near the house．（\'99北京）
A．are B．is C．have D．has
3．There ________ a lot of animals in the zoo．（\'99山东）
A．have B．has C．is D．are
4． ________ any flowers on both sides of the street？
A．Is there B．Are there C．Has D．Have
5．There ________ two pictures and a map of China on the wall．（陕西2001）
A．are B．has C．have D．is
6．There ________ an English Evening next Monday．（新疆2001）
A．was B．will be C．will have D．are going to be
7．Paul：What did you find under his desk？
Tom ：Oh， ________ all kinds of things：a basketball，pencils，a hat，and fries！（台湾2001）
A．there were B．it was C．it had D．there was
8．There ________ a sports meeting in our school next week．（厦门2002）
A．will hold B．will have C．is going to be D．is going to have
参考答案及详解: 1．C。there be后接并列主语时，be的单复数形式应与紧接的名词相一致。注：a bottle of orange juice一瓶桔子汁；some oranges一些桔子。第一个短语中的orange juice是不可数名词，意为“桔子汁”；第二个短语中的oranges是可数名词，意为“桔子”。
5 地点：南山后悔 海月路花半里12号
电话：26688056
26688059
邮箱：hhguoao@163.com
2008暑假
2008.6.
高一（英语）学案
2．B。
3．D。there be句型中一般不用动词have，但在完成时态里用have（has），即there have（has）been．．．。
4．B。
5．A。主语是复数，而且是There be句型，采取就近原则，故用are。
6．B。将要，There be句型的将来时，且主语是单数。
7．A。主语是复数。
8．C。be going to表示将来，主语是单数。
6 地点：南山后悔 海月路花半里12号
电话：26688056
26688059 hhguoao@163.com
邮箱：
第16篇：句型转换
《句型转换》教学设计
实验小学：姜彩虹
学习目标：
1、通过复习，从语气和作用上了解几种句子的类型。
2、通过练习，能够进行陈述句和反问句、肯定句和双重否定句、直接叙述和间接叙述的互换。
3、使学生在不同句型的转换练习中，了解情感表达的程度不同，在写作时能注重对语句的锤炼。
4、通过有趣的游戏，培养学生对语文学习的兴趣和团结协作的精神。教学重难点：
能够熟练地进行几种句型之间的转换。了解句型的特点。 教学方法：练习法
教具准备：多媒体课件
教学过程：
一、导入
同学们，和大家在录播教室上课，我很高兴。在生活中，不同的语言表达方式会让事情有不同的结果，这节课我们就来复习句型转换，看看句子在转换后在语气和表达感情上有什么不同。老师期望你们课堂上精彩的表现。今天我们就来上一堂复习课——句型转换（板书：句型转换）
二、新授
渡：刚才老师举的就是陈述句和反问句互换的例子，现在让我们来具体复习这两种句型的转换。（贴纸条：陈述句和反问句）
（一）陈述句和反问句的互换
1、出示例句（PPT）：
这是伟大的奇观。
（1）请学生齐读句子。这是什么句式？（陈述句）（师：因为它有一个“是”，它也是陈述句当中的肯定句。）
师：谁来把它改成反问句？学生说改的过程，（这不是伟大的奇观么？这难道不是伟大的奇观么？）教师操作课件，变红字。
（2）小结方法：陈述句中有否定词，要变成肯定词，还可以加上疑问词，加强语气，句尾加语气词，句号变问号。
（4）我们来读读这三个句子，体会陈述句和反问句在语气和表达情感上有什么不同？感情朗读句子。老师读陈述句，女生来读反问句，男生读最后一个反问句。 （5）师：你们发现陈述句和反问句在语气上和表达情感作用上的不同了吗？（反问句要比陈述句感情色彩强烈，强调了海上日出的壮丽景色。朗读时语调上扬，陈述句语调下降。）
老师再出一道题考考大家。 出示练习句子：我们不能浪费时间。（师：注意，这个句子和刚才的句子有区别，这里有个否定词“不能”，它是否定句。） (1) 读句子。
(2) 师：谁来把它变成反问句。学生改成反问句。（我们怎么能浪费时间呢？难道我们能浪费时间吗？）
(2)先改前两个句子，再出示第三个句子。教师操作课件，变红字。（你完全掌握了方法，正确。）
（3）小结方法：陈述句中有否定词的把它变成肯定词，加上疑问词和语气词，问号变句号。
(3)老师读陈述句。男生读第一个反问句，女生读第二个反问句读。通过朗读句子，你体会到了什么？（老师知道了大家都是珍惜时间的好孩子。) 师：反问句改陈述句又是怎么改呢？
（二）反问句改陈述句。
1、出示例句：作为一个市民，难道不应该遵守公共道德吗？ （1）请学生读句子。
（2）学生说改句子的过程。（作为一个市民，应该遵守公共道德。把疑问词去掉，否定词“不应该”换成肯定词“应该”，去掉语气词“吗”，问号变句号。）教师操作课件，变红字。
（3）小结：前面陈述句改反问句的方法也同样适用于反问句改陈述句。关键在于找准是否定词还是肯定词。 师：我们再来练习一个句子。
2、出示练习句子：风沙这么大，你怎么让老乡们冲着风坐呢？ （1）请学生读句子。
（2）将反问句改成陈述句。（风沙这么大，你不能让老乡们冲着风坐。） （3）指名读两个句子。说体会。（反问句更能体现周总理时刻想着群众，关心群众。）（你分析得很精彩。）
师：同学们课堂上表现还是一如既往的出色，现在老师就要带领大家用上所学知识比一比，谁学得得扎实。
3、竞赛环节：同学们课堂上表现还是一如既往的出色，现在老师就要带领大家用上所学知识比一比，谁学得得扎实。
规则：每组快速选出1名学生参加比赛，在规定时间按顺序答题，答对者为本组赢得一枚红花。答错不给花。抢答给本组扣除一枚红花。
4、学生竞赛。
师：在这轮比赛中，各小组旗鼓相当，各组成员紧密团结，重视本组荣誉。你们的表现让我佩服，你们的表现不能不让我佩服。老师说的这两句话就是我们将要一起复习的句型转换——一肯定句和双重否定句的互换。（贴第二张纸条）
（二）、肯定句和双重否定句的互换。
1、肯定句改双重否定句。（请同学们看大屏幕） （1）出示例句： 他答应了我们的请求。
（2）指名学生读。
（3）学生改成双重否定句。说过程。（他不得不答应了我们的请求。）教师操作课件，变红字。 （4）小结。（肯定句改双重否定句就是加入双重否定词。双重否定词都有“没有……不、不得不、不能不、不是不、不会不、不要不、没有一个不、非……不可等”）
看看下面的句子可以加入什么双重否定词。
2、出示练习句子。作为一名少先队员，一定要讲文明。
人人都说桂林山水甲天下。
（1）指名学生读。
（2）学生改成双重否定句。 （3）请两名学生读句子，发现不同的句型在表达语气上有什么不同？（双重否定句在表达感情时更为强烈，用于加强语气）
师：双重否定句语气强烈，那是因为她有两个否定词。否定加否定，就是肯定。 师：掌握了方法，双重否定句改肯定句也同样适用。
（二）、双重否定句改肯定句。
1、出示例句：孩子们没有不喜欢王老师的。（1）指名学生读。
（2）谁把它改成肯定句。（孩子们喜欢王老师）说改的过程。
师小结：切记双重否定句改肯定句一定要去掉两个否定词。再做一下调整。就可以了。我们再来做一个练习，巩固一下。
2、出示练习句子。
中队委员会的决定，我们都同意。 好朋友说的话不是没有道理的。 （1）指名读。
（2）学生改成肯定句，（中队委员会的决定，我们同意。好朋友的话是有道理的。）
3、小结。
肯定句和双重否定句转换最关键的就是双重否定词。改完后再读，确定不改变句子的原意。
师：看来大家是真正掌握了这部分的知识，我真替你们感到高兴。 我们四班孩子非常重视集体荣誉，那就请再次为集体荣誉而战吧。
3、我们进入第二轮竞赛“句子翻翻乐”。
4、说游戏规则：这轮比赛是抢答题环节，在比赛中各组成员要积极举手，认真倾听，如果取得发言权在10秒内没有回答出正确答案，将被扣除一朵小红花。
5、学生参与竞赛。
1、作为一名少先队员要讲文明。
2、对于少先队员来说，什么困难都能克服。
3、我不得不去辅导班了。
4、彼得读着这份账单，会羞愧的。
5、这本书今天晚上，我一定要看完。
师：在这轮比赛中，同学们反应机智，熟练地运用方法改句子，获得了小红花，没得到的也不要气馁，我们在下一环节的学习中，你只要认真听，还有转败为胜的机会。
师：在生活中，有时会需要我们转达别人的话，怎样才能把话准确地转达给别人呢？这就是我们这堂课最后一项学习的任务——贴纸条：直接叙述和间接叙述的转换。让我们再接再厉。出示ppt
三、直接叙述和间接叙述的转换。
（一）直接叙述改间接叙述
1、出示例句。李老师说：“同学们学不会，我不安心。”
（1）请学生读句子。师：这是什么句？什么是直接叙述？（是说话人与听话人面对面说话。所以语气比较直接）师：同学们知识掌握得真是很牢固。 （2）请学生把直接叙述改成间接叙述。说过程。
师：用自己的话转述别人的话，给另外的人听，这就是间接叙述。所以语气比较委婉，句中一般没有“”。）
（3）小结：直接叙述改间接叙述，除了标点符号的改变，第一人称“我”要变成第三人称“他或她”。改后再认真读，不能改变句子原意。 师：让我们再来练习一种直接叙述改间接叙述的句子。请看大屏幕，
2、出示例句： 雷锋对大嫂说：“我送你一程吧！”
（1）请学生读句子。师：这是直接叙述还是间接叙述？
（2）你能把它改成间接叙述的句子吗？（雷锋对大嫂说，他送大嫂一程。）说过程。
（3）再找学生读。 （4）学生说改的要点。师相机小结（直接叙述改间接叙述时，如果有具体人名，那就把第二人称“你”还原改成具体人名。要不就不知道“你”是谁了。） 直接叙述改间接叙述是小学阶段比较难理解的一个知识点，同学们都掌握得这么好，那间接叙述改直接叙述呢？请看大屏幕。
（一）间接叙述改直接叙述
1、出示例句
姐姐说，她明天送给小明一件生日礼物。
2、指名读，
3、指名说改的过程。（姐姐说：“小明，我明天送给你一件生日礼物。”）
4、师小结。间接叙述改直接叙述，除了要加上冒号和引号外，还要把第三人称“她”变成第一人称“我”，具体人名变成“你”。还有再读句子，看看有没有改变句子的原意。
5、创设情境小练习。
同学们，下面请你们认真听，我下面说的话请转达给你们班主任：“你们班同学公开课表现很出色。”你们班主任就在后面坐着，谁能把这句话转达给班主任。（“宋老师，姜老师说，我们班同学公开课表现得很出色。”）
师：经过了上一轮的比赛，各小组的红花数量有了差别，现在老师就给你们再次竞争的机会。听好规则。
5、传话游戏。
规则：每组按纵队分成两个小队，第一名学生到老师那里读一条直接转述的信息，第二个人把它变成间接转述，其他学生复述然往下传，最后看各组在规定时间内哪个小队传得最准确，最后一名学生站起来大声汇报。两个小队将各为本组赢得一枚红花。
6、学生做游戏。
7、创设情境。转达表扬的话。
四、师总结
同学们，今天我们学习了陈述句和反问句、肯定句和双重否定句、直接叙述和间接叙述的互相转换，我们不仅学会了这些句型互相转换的方法，还知道了不同的句型在朗读时的语气不同，表达的情感作用也不同，在今后的写作当中能根据你要表达的情感来选择合适的句型，把今天所学的知识用上。下课！
板书设计： 句型转换
陈述句和反问句 语气
肯定句和双重否定句 作用
直接叙述和间接叙述
第17篇：写作句型
英语应用文写作常用句型
一、邀请信
1、I\"d like ...to come to
非常希望...
2、May I have the honour of your company to…?
恭请光临
3、Thank you for inviting us to
谢谢您邀请我们
4、I hope you\"re not too busy to come.
我期望您会在百忙中光临
5、The ...will be held in ...,on ...
......定于...在...举行
6、We sincerely hope you can attend
我们期待您的光临
7、We are looking forward to ...
我们期待着....
8、We have decided to have a party in honor of the occasion
为此我们决定举办一次晚会
9、Please confirm your participation at your earliest convenience
是否参加，请早日告之
二、感谢信
1、Thank you very much for ....
十分感谢...
2、Many thanks for your ...
非常感谢您...
3、Please accept my sincere appreciation for ...
请接受我对...真挚的感谢
4、I am truly grateful to you for ...
为了...，我真心感激您
5、It was good (thoughtful) of you ...
承蒙好意（关心）...
6、You were so kind to send ...
承蒙好意送来...
7、Thank you again for your wonderful hospitality and I am looking forward to seeing you soon.
再次感谢您的盛情款待，并期待不久见到您
8、I find an ordinary \"thank-you\" entirely inadequate to tell you how much...
我觉得一般的感谢的字眼完全不足以表达我对您多么地...
9、I sincerely appreciate ...
我衷心地感谢...
10、I wish to expre my profound appreciation for ...
我对..深表谢意
11、Many thanks for you generous cooperation
用于文章主题句
（1）不用说…
It goes without saying that（从句=It is needle to say (that) （从句）=It is obvious that（从句）
不用说，早睡早起是值得的。It goes without saying that it pays to keep early hours.
(2) …是不可能的，无法…
There is no V.-ing.=There is no way of V.-ing.=There is no poibility of V.-ing.
=It is impoible to V.=It is out of the question to V.
不可否认，成功的关键在于健康的身心。
There is no denying that succeful busine lies in a healthy body and mind.
(3)我深信…
I am greatly convinced (that)…（从句）=I am greatly aured (that) …(从句)
我深信预防胜于治疗。
I am greatly convinced that prevention is better than cure.
(4) 在各种…之中,…
Among various kinds …=Of all the …在各种运动中，我尤其喜欢慢跑。
Among various kinds of sports, I like jogging in particular.
(5)…是很容易证明的。It can be easily proved (that)…（从句）
时间最宝贵是很容易证明的。
It can be easily proved that nothing is more precious than time.
(7) 就我的看法；…我认为…In my opinion…=As far as I am concerned, …
就我的看法，打电游既花费也有害健康。In my opinion, playing video games not only takes up much time but also is harmful to our health.
（8）（A）每个人都知道…Everyone knows (that) … （从句）As is known to all,
(B) 就我所知，…As far as ...is concerned…
就我所知，下列方法对我帮助很大。
As far as my knowledge is concerned, the following ways are of great help to me.
（9）根据我个人经验，…
According to my personal experience,…= Based on my personal experience, 根据我个人经验，…According to my personal experience, smile has done me a lot of good.
(11) 在我的求学过程中，我忘不了…
In the course of my schooling, I will never forget …
在我求学的过程中，我忘不了学习英语的巨大困难。
In the course of my schooling, I will never forget the great difficulty I encountered in learning English.
随着科技的进步，…
With the advance of science and technology,…
随着我国经济的快速发展，许多社会问题产生了。
With the rapid development of our economy, a lot of social problems have surfaced.
(13) 在这信息的年代，…扮演重要的角色。
In the age of information and communication, …plays an important role/part in.
在这信息的年代，计算机扮演着非常重要的角色。In the age of information and communication, the computer plays an extremely important role.
(16) … 是必要的。It is neceary that S.(should) V.
…是重要的。It is important / eential that S (should) V.
…是适当的。It is proper that S.(should ) V.
…是紧急的。It is urgent that S.(should) V.我们保持公共场所的清洁是应当的。 It is proper that we (should) keep the public places clean.
(18)据说…It is said (that)…(从句)一般认为…It is thought (that)…(从句)
大家都知道…It is known to all (that)…(从句)
据报道…It is reported (that)…(从句)一般预料…It is expected (that)…(从句)
一般相信…It is believed (that)…(从句)
一般相信阅读增长我们的知识，拓宽我们的视野。
It is believed (that) reading increases our knowledge and broadens our mind.
(19)…的主要原因是…
The main reason why … is (that)…（从句）
青少年犯罪的主要原因是社会风气日益败坏。
The main reason why the juveniles commit crimes is that social environment is becoming worse.
(20)俗话说得好：“…”
Well goes an old saying,“…”=As an old saying goes,“…”=An old saying goes,“…”=It’s an old saying(that)…（从句）
俗话说得好：“诚实为上策”。As an old saying goes,“Honesty is the best policy.”
(21)(A)…用下列方法。… in the following ways.
(B)…有三个主要理由。…for three major reasons.
(C)要…，我们至少要做三件事。To…,there are at least three things we can do.
(A)我用下列方法增强信心。I increase my confidence in following ways.
(B)人们学习外语主要有三个理由。People learn a foreign for three major reasons.
(C)要保持身体健康，我们每天至少可做三件事。
To keep healthy, there are at least three things we can do every day.
2.用于文章承转句。
（22）那就是说…;亦即…That is to say,…=That is ,…=Namely,…
我们生活需要有规律。也就是说，早睡早起，戒除烟酒。
We need to live a regular life.That is (to say), we can keep good hours and refrain from smoking in the daily activities.
（23）我们有理由相信…We have reasons to believe (that)…
我们有理由相信体罚应该严格禁止。
We have reasons to believe (that) corporal punishment should be strictly prohibited.
（24）事实上，…As a matter of fact,…=in fact…
事实上，健康才是最重要的。
As a matter of fact，it is health that count.
（25）（A）例如，…For example,…=For instance
(B) 以…为例 Take…for example
我们盲目地提高生活水准，却降低生活质量。
For example, elevate the living standard blindly, but lower the quality of life.
(27) 相反的，…On the contrary, …=By contrast, …
相反的，少数学生似乎还在虚度光阴。
On the contrary, a few students, it seems, are still fooling around.
(28) 另一方面，…On the other hand, …
政府应严格执法，另一方面，大众也应该培养减少污染的好习惯。
The government should enforce laws strictly.On the other hand, the public should also develop the good habit of reducing pollution.
(29) 然而；很可惜的是…However, it is a pity that …
然而，很可惜的是他总是临时抱佛脚。
However, it is a pity that he should always cram at the eleventh hour.
(30) 换言之，…In other words, … = To put it differently
换言之，我会尽最大的努力达到我的目标。
In other words, I will try my best to attain (gain; live up to) my goal.
(33)这样说来，假如…, 当然毫无疑问地…
In the light, if …, there can surely be no doubt (that) … (从句)
假如我们能善于利用时间，当然毫无疑问地我们会成功。
In the light, if we can make good use of time, there can surely be no doubt that we will get somewhere.
(34) 更严重的是，…What is more serious is (that) … (从句)
更严重的是，我们不珍惜野生动物。What is more serious is that we do not cherish wildlife.
3.用于文章结论句
(37) 如此，我相信…In this way, I believe (that) …(从句)
如此，我相信大家或许能够像我一样，享受乘坐公共汽车的乐趣。
In this way, I believe that all the people may be able to enjoy the bus ride like me.
(38) 实践这些，…By putting them （the above）into practice,…
实践这些，在智育方面我一直不断进步。
By putting them （the above）into practice, I have been able to make constant progre in intellectual education.
(40) 最后，但很重要，…Last but not least, …
最后，但很重要，教育上的失误是助长青少年犯罪的原因。
Last but not least, the shortcoming in education is the cause contributing to juvenile delinquency.
(41) 基于这些理由，我…For these reasons, I …
基于这些理由，我认为在中国接受大学教育是明智的。…
For these reason, I think that receiving college education In China is wise.
(42) 总而言之，…In conclusion, …=To sum up, …
例如：总而言之，好公民应该遵守交通规则。
In conclusion, a good citizen should observe traffic regulations.
(43) 因此，我们能下个结论，那就是…
We can, therefore, come to the conclusion (that)…（从句）
因此，我们能下个结论，那就是世上和平最珍贵。
We can, therefore, come to the conclusion that nothing is so precious as peace in the world.
因此，这就是…的原因。Thus, this is the reason why…;
因此，这就是我得重感冒的原因。Thus, this is the reason why I caught a bad cold.
(46) 所以，我们应该了解… Therefore, we should realize (that)…（从句）
所以，我们应该了解学英文不能没有词典。
Therefore, we should realize that in learning English we can not do without a dictionary.
(48) 从…观点来看, …From the … point of view, …
从政治的观点来看，这是一个很复杂的问题。
From the political point of view, it is very complicated problem.
4.书信写作常用的惯用语在信的开头常用以下客套话：
How are you?How are you getting on recently?
How are you getting on/ along with …?
当给别人复信时，可以用：
Many thanks for your last kind letter.
I must apologize for not replying to your last letter at once.
(50) 在信的结尾时可以用以下语言。
Best wishes /regards to you!Good luck to you!
Please give my best wishes to …Looking forward to hearing from you!
Wish you good health and happine!
过渡词
递进型： also,besides, what’s more, moreover, furthermore, in addition, even, what’s worse, worse still, to make matters//things worse, not only …but also等；
解释型：that is (to say), in other words, or, in fact, in reality, as a matter of fact等；
转折型：however, but, yet, neverthele, instead, on the contrary,on the other hand 等； 列举型：firstly…secondly…finally, on the one hand, on the other hand, for one thing, for another (thing)等
举例型：for example, for instance, such as, that is, like, take… for example等；
因果型：because (of), since, now that, thanks to, due to; thus, therefore, as a result (consequence),so… that,so that等；
让步型：though, although, in spite of, despite,even though, even if 等；
顺序型：first…next…and then…finally, first…then…after that…finally 等；
并列型：and, both…and, or, either…or, as well as,等
时间型：afterwards, soon, later, the moment/ immediately/ , hardly…when, no sooner…than, be about to do something when… be on the point of doing something when… 等
总结型：in a/one word, to sum up, in short, on the whole, in conclusion,every coins has two sides
见解型：as for me，in my opinion, personally speaking, as far as I am concerned，I’m sure 等 条件型：if, as long as, so long as, on condition that , unle 等
第18篇：英语句型
句型1 would rather that somebody did…“宁愿……；更愿意……”(表示现在或将来的愿望) would rather that somebody had done…“宁愿……；更愿意……”（表示过去的愿望） [例句] I’d rather you posted the letter right now.我想让你现在去寄信。
I’d rather you were not a celebrated actor.In that case, we could spend more time together.我到情愿你不是个知名演员，这样我们可以有更多的时间在一起。 I’d rather that I hadn’t seen her yesterday.我情愿昨天没有看到她。 句型2 as if/though+主语+did/had done…好像……（表示现在或将来的情况用过去时；表示过去的情况用过去完成时）[参考句型4] [例句] Our head teacher treats us as if we were her own children, so all the students in our cla think highly of her.Alan talked about Rome as if he had been there.Alan谈起罗马来就好像他去过那里似的。 句型3 “wish +宾语从句”，表示不大 可能实现的愿望 表示现在的愿望：主语+过去时； 表示过去的愿望：主语+had done； 表示将来的愿望：主语+would/could do [例句] How I wish we students had more free time to relax ourselves! 我们学生多么希望有更多的自由时间放松自己！
I failed in the maths exam.How I wish I hadn’t wasted so much time playing!
What a pity you can’t go to the party.How I wish I could dance with you at the party! 句型4 It’s high/about time that somebody did (should do) (should通常不省略) …早就该……
[例句] It’s time that you went to school.= It’s time that you should go to school.
It’s high time that we did something to improve our environment.该是我们为环保做些事情了。 I think it’s high time that she made up her mind.我想她该拿定主意了。 句型5 情态动词+动词不定式完成结构的用法
could have done “本来可以……”（表示过去没有实现的可能）。
might have done “本来可能……；本来应该或可以做某事”（实际没有发生；含有轻微的责备语气。
should/ought to have done “本来该做某事”（而实际未做）
should not/ought not to have done “本来不该做”（实际却做过了，含有责备语气） needn’t have done “本来不必做”（但是已经做过了）
would rather have done “当时宁愿做了某事”（实际没有做过）；否定式would rather not have done表达相反意思，两者都有表示“后悔”之意。 句型6 as, though, although引导的让步状语从句。
[注意]although位于句首；though位于句首或句中；as位于句中=though。它的词序是把句中强调的形容词、副词、动词或名词放在连词前。[参考倒装结构] 请注意下列句式的变化： [例句] 1.Although/Though I’m young, I already know what career I want to follow.→Young as/though I am, I already know what career I want to follow.我虽然年轻，但我已经明白我应该追随什么样的事业。
2.Although/Though I respect him very much, I cannot agree with his idea.→Much as/though I respect him, I cannot agree with his idea.虽然我很尊重他，但是我不同意他的观点。
3.Although/Though he is a child, he knows a lot of Chinese characters.→Child（省略冠词）as/though he is, he knows a lot of Chinese characters.他虽然还是个孩子，却认识了许多汉字。
4.Although he tried, he couldn’t solve the problem.
→Try as he might, he couldn’t solve the problem.尽管他努力了，但是他没有解决问题。 5.Although it is raining, I’m going out for a walk.
→Raining as it is, I’m going out for a walk.天虽然在下雨，我还是要出去散步。
6.Strange as it may seem, nobody was injured in the accident.这次意外虽然显得不可思议，却没有人受伤。
7.Much as I would like to help, I have a lot to do.虽然我很想帮助你，但是我有很多事要做。 8.Object as you may, I will go.纵使你反对，我也要去。 句型7 …before…特殊用法（1）“没来得及……就……”
[例句] The roof fell before he had time to dash into the room to save his baby.他还没有来得及冲进房间救孩子，房顶就塌了。
He ran off before I could stop him.我还没有来得及阻止，他已经跑了。
To my great disappointment, my favorite singer left the concert before I could have a word with her.让我非常失望的是，我还没有来得及和我最喜欢的歌手打招呼，她就已经离开了。 句型8 …before…特殊用法（2）“过了多久才……”或“动作进行到什么程度才……”
[例句] They walked about fifty miles to the west before they saw a village.他们西行50英里才看到一个村庄。
The workers worked day and night about three days before everything returned to normal.工人们连续工作3天才使一切恢复正常。
He almost knocked me down before he knew it.他几乎撞到我了才意识到。
We had walked a long way before we found some water.我们走了很长的路才找到一点水。
Five years went by before I knew it.不知不觉，五年过去了。 句型9 It was + 时间段+before….“过了多久才（怎么样）……” It was not long before….“不久，就……”
It will (not) be +时间段+before….“要过多久（不久）……才……”(before从句谓语动词要用一般时态) [例句] It was not long before he sensed the danger of the position.不久他就意识到他处境的危险。 It was five days before he came back.五天后他才回来。
It will be half a year before you graduate from the school.再过半年你才能毕业。 It will not be long before they understand each other.他们大概不久就会互相了解。 句型10 in case of…(+n.) “以防；万一”；
in case that…“以防，万一……”（谓语动词用一般现在时态或should+动词原形） [例句] In case of fire, what should we do? Please remind me about it in case I forget/should forget.万一我忘了，请提醒我。 In case (that) John comes/should come, please tell him to wait.Please take your umbrella in case (that it rains/should rain).带上雨伞，以防下雨。
句型11 It强调句型
强调句的基本构成：It is/was + 被强调的部分 + who（主要指人时）/that + 其余部分 [注意1] 这种结构可以强调句子的主语、宾语、状语（包括时间，地点，方式，原因等），但是不能强调谓语动词（参考句型15）。
原句的谓语动词如果是现在或将来时态，用It is…that/who….； 原句的谓语动词如果是过去时态，用It was…that/who….；
强调时间、地点、原因或方式时不要用when, where或how, 必须用that。 [例句1] I saw him in the street yesterday afternoon.→It was I who saw him in the street yesterday afternoon.（强调主语） →It was in the street that I saw him yesterday afternoon.（强调地点状语） →It was yesterday afternoon that I saw him in the street.（强调时间状语） →It was him that/who I saw in the street yesterday afternoon.（强调宾语）
[例句2] He didn’t go to bed until his mother came back.
→It was not until his mother came back that he went to bed.He didn’t do his homework until his father came back from work.→It wasn’t until his father came back from work that he did his homework.[例句3] Only when you nearly lose someone do you fully realize how much you value him.→It is only when you nearly lose someone that you fully realize how much you value him.只有你快要失去某个人时，你才意识到你是多么尊重他。
[例句4] I was late again because the traffic was very heavy during the rush hour.→It was because the traffic was very heavy during the rush hour that I was late again.（强调句中只能强调由because引导的原因状语从句，because不能换成since, as, for, now that等）
[注意2]强调句的疑问结构
一般疑问句 Is / Was it +被强调部分 +who / that …?
特殊疑问句 特殊疑问词+is /was +it +who / that…?
What is/was it that…? Who is/was it that…? When is/was it that…? Where is/was it that…? Why is/was it that…? How is/was it that…? [例句1] I saw him in the street yesterday afternoon.→When was it that you saw him in the street?
→Who was it that you saw in the street yesterday afternoon? →Where was it that you saw him yesterday afternoon? [例句2] I don’t know when he will come back.
→I don’t know when it is that he will come back.（宾语从句疑问词后用陈述句语序） –How was it that you got in touch with Mr.Smith? 你是怎么和Smith先生联系上的？ –Trough a friend of mine.通过一个朋友。 句型12 （1）、祈使句（表条件）+ or/or else/ otherwise + 主句（表结果）… “否则…，要不然…” （2）、祈使句（表条件）+ and +主句（表结果）
[例句] Hurry up, or you’ll be late for cla.Please call me up before you come, otherwise/or else/or we might be out.你来之前打个电话，否则，我们也许会出去。 Think it over and you will find the answer.Give him an inch and he will take a mile.得寸进尺。
Work hard and you will make progre every day.好好学习，天天向上。 句型13 …until….“直到……时候”；not…until…“直到……才……” [例句] You are to stay until/till your mother comes back.你得等到你妈妈回来。
The meeting was put off until ten o’clock.会议推迟到十点钟。
The villagers didn’t realize how serious the pollution was until all the fish died in the river.→Not until all the fish died in the river did the villagers realize how serious the pollution was.（倒装句）
等到湖里的鱼全死光了，村民们才意识到污染是多么严重。 He didn’t go to bed until his mother came back.
→It was not until his mother came back that he went to bed.（强调句）
Not until he failed in the exam did he realize that he had wasted much time playing computer games.Not until his son came back from school did he go to bed.句型14 unle…“除非，如果不……”(=if…not) [例句] I shall go tomorrow unle it rains.如果不下雨，我明天去。 –Shall Tom go and play football? –Not unle he has finished his homework.除非他完成作业，否则不能出去。 I won’t go unle he comes to invite me himself.除非他本人来邀请我，不然我是不会去的。
I won’t attend his birthday party unle invited (=unle I am invited).除非被邀请，否则我不 去参加的生日晚会。 句型15 when引导的从句
when除了用来引导主语从句、宾语从句、时间状语从句、表语从句和定语从句，还有一种用法值得关注，那就是when引导并列分句，意思是“这时突然；就在那时”，强调另一个动作的突然发生。常用于以下句型中：（1）、主语 + be doing… when…意思是“正在做某事这时……”；（2）、主语 + be about to do…when…；（3）、主语+be on the point of (doing) …when…意思是“正要去做某事这时……” [例句] One day Chuck was on a flight acro the Pacific Ocean when suddenly his plane crashed.有一天，Chuck正在太平洋上飞行，这时他的飞机突然爆炸了。 I don’t know when he will arrive.我不晓得他什么时候到达。
I thought of the happy days when I was in Beijing.我想起了在北京时的那段快乐日子。 I believe the time will soon come when there will be no weapons in the world.我相信世界上没有武器的日子不久就会到来。
I was walking along the river when I heard a drowning boy cry for help.我正在河边行走，这时我突然听到一个落水男孩求救。
I was about to leave when it began to rain.我刚要离开，这时下雨了。
I had just finished my exam paper when the bell rang, announcing the cla was over.我刚做完作业，下课铃响了。
I thought of the happy days when I was in France.我想到了在法国时那段快乐日子。 I believe the time will soon come when there will be no weapons in the world.我相信世界上没有武器的日子不久就会来临。 [比较] I was walking along the street when I caught sight of a tailor’s shop.我正在街上走，这时我看见一家裁缝店。
I was walking along the streets.Just at the moment I caught sight of a tailor’s shop.我在街上走。就在那时我看见一家裁缝店。 句型16 while引导的从句
while除了有“当/在……时候”的意思外（注意：引导的句子谓语动词只能是延续性动词！），另外的两层意思也是考查的重点：（1）while = although “尽管”、“虽然”，引导让步状语从句；（2）while的意思是“然而；可是”，常用来表达对比关系。
[例句] While I admit that the problem is difficult, I don’t think that they can’t be solved.尽管我承认这个问题很难，但是我并不认为无法解决。 While I admit his good points, I can see his shortcomings.虽然我承认他的优点，我也能看出他的缺点。
While I was angry with her, I didn’t lose my temper.虽然我很生气，但我当时没有对她发脾气。
While I understand your viewpoint, I don’t agree with you.虽然我了解你的见解， 我还是不能同意（你）。
I earn only 120 dollars a week, while she earns 180 dollars.我一星期只赚120美元，她却赚180美元。 句型17 where…（地点从句）
[注意]where引导地点从句时，可以引导定语从句或是逻辑地点状语从句。当它在定语从句中作地点状语，指代地点时，这时可以用in which, on which, at which, to which, from which等结构代替。但是它引导逻辑地点状语从句时，没有这样用法。 [例句] You should put the book where it was.把书放回原处。
Persistent people begin their succe where others end in failure.不屈不挠者从他人失败的地方获取成功。
Where there is a will, there is a way.有志者，事竟成。
Where men are greedy, there is never peace.人类贪欲不止，世界和平无望。 Go where you should, keep on studying.无论你到哪里，你都应该继续学习。 That is the building where my father works.那是我父亲工作的大楼。
Yesterday I went to the department store, where I met my teacher.昨天我去百货公司，就在那儿遇见了我的老师。
That’s where a change is needed.那就是需要变更的地方。
We could see the runners very well from where we stood.从我们所站的地方能很清楚地看到赛跑的选手。
You should let your children play where you can see them.你应该让小孩在你的视线所及的地方玩耍。
Potatoes can be grown in places where it is too cold to grow rice.=Potatoes can be grown in places where it is too cold to grow rice.（本句where引导定语从句） 有些地方太冷不能种水稻，但可以种马铃薯。 [请比较下面的句子结构的不同] Potatoes can be grown where it is too cold to grow rice.（本句where引导地点状语从句） 句型18 what引导的从句
what在英语中非常活跃,它可以用来引导主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句，但是不用来引导定语从句。在句子里可以充当主语、宾语、表语、定语，既可以指人，也可以指物。 [例句] What is the population of the world? 世界的人口有多少？ What did you pay for this picture? 这幅画你付了多少钱？
What is most important in life isn’t money.人生最重要的并非是金钱。 Will you show me what you bought? 可以把你所买的东西给我看一下吗？ Mary is no longer what she was ten years ago.Mary已经不是10年前的她了。 句型19 as引导的非限制性定语从句
在as引导的非限制性定语从句中，连接代词as在句子中可以作主语、宾语或表语等，可以指人或物。其在定语从句中的位置比较灵活，即可以在句子前面，在句子中间或句子末尾。常用的结构有：as we all know; as is well known to…; as is often the case; as is said/mentioned above; as has been said before; as I told you before; as is evident; as often happens; as can be seen; as is/was expected; as we expect; as I can remember等。 [注意1]as通常只指整个句子的内容，不表示部分内容。
[注意2]as引导的非限制性定语从句通常指“事先可以预料到的”“料想到的”，表达“好”的方面。 [注意3]as引导限制性定语从句时，常构成the same…as…; such…as…; so/as …as…等结构。在从句中既可以指人、物，也可以指整个句子。 [例句] This is also part of your work, as I told you before.我曾告诉过你，这也是你工作的一部分。 The man was a teacher, as was evident from his way of speaking.从那人说话的样子可明显看出，他是个老师。
Such ideas as he hits on are worthle.像他那样偶然想起的主意是无用的。 It’s the same story as I heard from her yesterday.这故事跟我从她那儿听到的相同。 He will marry as pretty a girl as he can find.他要尽可能找漂亮的女孩结婚。
Such people as have made great contributions to the world should be greatly respected.那些对世界做出巨大贡献的人们应该受到极大的尊重。 句型20 which引导的非限制性定语从句（也引导限制性定语从句）
which引导的非限制性定语从句既可以指整个句子内容，也可以指句子的部分内容（如单词或词组等），在句子中可以作主语、宾语（动词或介词的）、定语等。注意它在句子中的位置：只能放在主句后，不能放在主句前。表达的内容是“不好的”、“事先没有预料到的”等时，常用which，只指物。
[例句] Yellowstone National Park, which is in Wyoming, is one of the most beautiful national parks in the world.黄石国家公园位于怀俄明州，是世界上最美丽的国家公园之一。
The clock, which my grandfather bought, is still in good order.这时钟是我祖父买的，现在还走时很准。
The picture, for which he paid an enormous amount of money, was a forgery.那幅画他花了一大笔钱购买，却是幅赝品。
She changed her mind again, which made us all angry.她又改变了主意，这使我们大家都生气了。
I lived three years in Paris, during which time I learned French.我在巴黎住了三年，在那期间我学了法语。
The weather turned out to be very good, which was more than we could expect.天气结果转晴， 这是我们没有预料到的。 句型21 （1）、疑问词+ever whatever, whoever, whichever, whenever, wherever, however用来引导让步状语从句，相当于no matter和what, who, which, when, where, how连用。
[例句] Whatever (=No matter what) may happen, we shall not lose hope.无论发生什么事，我们都不能失去希望。
Whatever reasons you (may) have, you should carry out a promise.无论你有什么理由，你都应该遵守诺言。
Whoever (=No matter who) comes, he will be warmly welcome.无论谁来，都会受到热烈欢迎。 Whenever (=No matter when) it happened, it was certainly not yesterday.此事无论发生在何时，但绝不是昨天。
Whenever you (may) call, you will find her sitting by the window.无论什么时候你去找她，你都会看到她坐在窗边。
Wherever (=No matter where) he went, he made friends with people.Whichever (=No matter which) of them you many choose, the quality will be the same.他们当中不论你选哪一个，品质都一样。
However (=No matter how) hard I have tried, I can’t find the answer.
（2）、whatever, whoever, whichever, whomever等引导名词性从句，这时不能用no matter+疑问词替换。 [例句] Take whichever you want.你要哪个就拿哪个。
We will do whatever we can to help him out.我们要尽力帮助他摆脱困境。 I’ll show you whatever you want to see.你想看什么我就给你看什么。 Whoever did this job must be rewarded.无论谁做这件事都要得到报酬。
Whoever walks around in such a heavy rain will catch a cold.任何人在这种大雨中行走都会患感冒。
You may invite whomever（口语中常用whoever代替）you like to the party.你可以邀请你喜欢的人来参加晚会。
Take whatever magazines you want to read.你可以取阅任何你想读的杂志。 倒装结构
句型22全倒装句型
（一）
here, there, out, in, up, down, now, then, away等副词放在句首，句子需要全部倒装 [例句] There goes the bell! = The bell is ringing.铃响了！ Here comes the bus.=The bus is coming.汽车来了。
Now comes your turn to make a short speech.该轮到你发言了。 Away went the thief when he saw the police.Then came the hour we had been looking forward to.我们期盼的时候到了。 [注意] （1）在这种情况下倒装仅限于不及物动词或be动词，像go, come, rush, live, stand, lie等。 （2）主语是人称代词时不要倒装。如：Away he went.他走远了。 句型23全倒装句型
（二）
表示方位的状语放在句首，句子全倒装；谓语动词多为be, lie, stand, sit, come, walk, run, stop etc.不及物动词。 [例句] On a hill in front of them stands a great castle.在他们面前的山上矗立着一座巨大的城堡。 In front of the house stopped a police car.房子的全面停着一辆警车。 Around the corner walks a young policeman.拐角处有个年轻的警察在行走。 Under the tree sat a boy of about ten.在树下坐着一个大约10岁的男孩。 句型24全倒装句型
（三）
（表语）adj./ v-ing / v-ed +（地点状语）+ be（或其他动词形式）…
So adj./adv…that…如此……以至于……(so引导的句子倒装，而that引导的句子不倒装！) (这种结构是半倒装句。) [例句] Present at the meeting were the manager, all the designers and the writer.出席会议的有经理，设计师和词作者。
Fastened to the pole is the National flag.旗杆上有一面国旗。
Hidden behind the door were some naughty children.有几个顽皮的孩子藏在门后面。
Sitting at the back of the claroom were several old teachers, listening attentively to the new teacher.坐在教室后面的是几位老教师，他们在认真地听新教师的课。 Gone are the days when farmers lived in the poor houses.农民住在破旧房子里的日子过去了。
Typical for China is the crotalk show, where a pair of comedians entertains the audience with word play.相声是中国典型的喜剧，两个演员通过玩弄词藻来逗乐观众。 So clearly does he speak English that he can always make himself understood.他说英语非常清晰，别人都能听懂他的话。
So fast does light travel that we can hardly imagine its speed.光运行非常快，我们几乎无法想象它的速度。
句型25 半倒装句
（一）
否定意义的副词或短语放在句首，句子半倒装。这样的副词主要有：little, seldom, hardly, rarely, scarcely, never, not at all, by no means（决不）, at no time（在任何时候都不），nowhere, in no case (无论如何都不)；not in the least (=not at all) , on no condition（决不） 等。
[例句] Never shall I forget you.At no time was the man aware of what was happening.那个人根本没有注意到发生的情况。 Little did I understand what he said to me at that time.我那时几乎没有明白他给我说的话。 It’s beyond description.Nowhere else in the world can there be such a quiet, beautiful place.那真是用语言难以形容。世界上没有其他地方会有这么安静、美丽的地方了。 Not a single mistake did he make in the exam.他在考试中没有犯一个错误。 By no means are these works of art satisfactory.这些艺术品根本不能令人满意。 On no condition should you visit that place.你决不能去那个地方。 句型26 半倒装句
（二）
not only…, but also…（前一分句倒装，后一分句不倒装） [例句] Not only was everything he had taken away from him, but also his German citizenship was taken away.不仅他拥有的一切被那走了，就连他的德国国籍也被取消了。
They suggested not only should we attend the party but also give a performance.他们建议我们不仅要参加晚会，还要进行表演。
Not only should we students study hard, we also should know how to enjoy ourselves in our spare time.我们学生不仅要学习好，还应该知道在课余时间怎样享受生活。 句型27半倒装句
（三） neither, nor放在句首 [例句] If you don’t go to see the movie, neither will I.如果你不去看电影，我也不去。 --Why didn’t you buy the jacket?
--Neither was the price satisfactory, nor did the color agree with me.价格不能令人满意，颜色也不太适合我。
I don’t like him, nor do I care about him.我不喜欢他，也不关心他。 句型28 半倒装句
（四）
“only + 状语”放在句首，句子半倒装 [例句] Only when the war was over did he return to work.直到战争结束他才回去工作。
Only after you have reached eighteen can you join the army.你只有到了18岁才能参军。 Only in that way will we be ready for the challenges and opportunities in life.只有这样，我们对生活中的机遇和挑战才会有充分的准备。
Only by changing the way we live will we be able to save the earth.只有改变生活方式，我们才能拯救地球。
[注意]这种结构的倒装只在only引导状语的时候使用，only引导主语的时候不用倒装。 Only in this way can you work out the problem.你只有用这种方法才能做出题目。 Only this way can help you work out the problem.只有这种方法才能帮你做出题目。 句型29 半倒装句
（五）
so + be动词/助动词/情态动词等 + 主语 “……也……”（表示肯定意思） neither/nor +动词/助动词/情态动词等 + 主语 “……也……”（表示否定意思） [例句] She is interested in the story, so am I.He enjoys playing the guitar, so do I.I saw the film last night, so did he.In the past 20 years, our society has changed a lot, so have our eating habits.近20年来。我们的社会发生了很大的变化，我们的饮食习惯也变了。
Tom didn’t attend the meeting last night; nor did Mary.Tom没来参加昨晚的会议，Mary也没来。
I have never been abroad.Neither/Nor has Tom.[比较1] “so + 主语 + 助动词” 表示肯定已有的观点或事实 [例句] –We have all worked hard these days.–So we have.（的确如此）
I promised to help him, and so I did.（我确实帮助他了） [比较2] “主语 + 助动词 + so” 表示按照别人的要求去做 [例句] The wounded little boy asked me to lift him up and I did so.The doctor asked Charlie to breathe deeply and he did so.句型30 so it is with somebody = it’s the same with somebody前者怎么 样，后者也怎么样
[注意]前面既有否定句又有肯定句，或有多个谓语动词或助动词难以选择时，用此句型。 [例句] John likes English but he doesn’t like maths, so it is with me (so it is the same with me).Tom is a student and he studies hard, so it is with me.–He was really manly enough to be responsible for what he had done.他像个男子汉，敢于对自己的所作所为负责。
–So he was, and so it was with you.他的确如此，你当时也一样。 虚拟语气 句型31 （从句）If + were/did（动词的过去式），（主句）主语 + would/might/should/could + do（表示对现在情况的假设） [例句] If I were you, I would not be so proud.如果我是你，我不会如此自负。
I don’t have a cellphone.If I had one, it would be convenient for me to get in touch with others.If I were in your position, I would think better of it.如果我处在你的位置，我会好好考虑它。 句型32 （从句）If + had done, （主句）主语+ would/might/should/could +have done（表示对过去或已经发生事情的虚拟假设）
[例句] What a pity it is that you didn’t attend the concert yesterday! If you had attended the concert, you would have seen the famous singer.真遗憾昨天你没有去听音乐会。如果你去了，就能见到那位著名歌手。 Anyone in his position would have done the same.=If anyone had been in his position, he would have done the same.任何处在他位置的人都会这样做的。 句型33 （从句）If + were/did（动词过去式）/were to do/should do，（主句）主语+ would/might/should/could + do（表示对将来的假设） [例句] If he should refuse (= If he were to refuse=If he refused), it didn’t matter at all.万一他拒绝了，那也没关系。
If you shouldn’t pa the college entrance examination, what would you do? 万一高考不中，你该怎么办？ 句型34虚拟语气条件句的倒装
在虚拟条件句中，如果出现有were, had, should，可以省去if, 把这些词放在句子前面，构成虚拟倒装句。 [例句] Should he act like that again, he would be fined.如果他还这样做，就要受罚。
Had the doctor come in time last night (=If the doctor had come in time last time), the boy would have been saved.昨天晚上要是医生及时到达，小孩就会得救。 Were I to go to the moon one day, I would see it with my own eyes.Had I enough money (= If I had enough money), I would buy a larger house.句型35 if only引起的感叹句，相当于 “How I wish + 宾语从句”，意思是“但愿……；要是……就好了” [例句] If only he could come! 他要是能来就好了！
If only we students didn’t have so much homework！要是没有这么多的作业该多好！ If only I hadn’t been so carele in the exam! 我当时没有那么粗心就好了！ 句型36 if it were not for… (= were it not for…)
if it hadn’t been for… (= had it not been for…)“要不是因为有……；如果不是……” [注意]这种结构中不能用否定结构的缩写形式，即不能用weren’t it for…）
[例句] If it hadn’t been for (= Had it not been for) the determined captain, all the paengers on board wouldn’t have been saved.要不是船长一直坚强，船上的旅客就不会得救。
If it were not for your rich parents, you couldn’t live so easy a life.要不是你父母有钱，你的生活不会如此安逸。
If it were not for the expense, I would go abroad now.如果不是因为经费问题，我现在就出国了。 句型37 “but for + 名词”和“but that +从句”，意思是“倘若不是；要不是”，接虚拟语气
[例句] But for air and water, nothing could live.(= If there were no air or water, nothing could live.) 如果没有空气和水，什么东西都难以生存。
But for the storm, we should have arrived earlier.= If it hadn’t been for the storm, we should have arrived earlier.如果不是暴风雨，我们早就到了。
But for you, we couldn’t have carried out the plan.要不是你的话，我们无法实施那项计划。 She could not have believed it but that she saw it.若非亲眼所见，她是不会相信的。 句型38 在动词insist（1坚持做某事），order, command（2命令）, advise, suggest, propose（3建议做某事），demand, require, request, ask（4要求）等表示建议、命令、要求的名词性从句中谓语动词要用虚拟语气。基本句型：主语+ (should) + 动词原形。另外像decide, desire, intend, recommend等也要接(should)+动词原形结构。 [例句] Mother insists that Tom (should) go to bed at nine o’clock.（宾语从句） We suggested that the meeting (should) be held at once.It was required that the crops (should) be harvested at once.（主语从句） The suggestion that he (should) be invited was rejected.（同位语从句） That is their demand that their wages (should) be increased.（表语从句） [注意1] advice, suggestion, order, demand, proposal, request, desire, command, decision, requirement等名词引导的同位语从句或表语从句，谓语动词用 (should) + 动词原形。 [注意2] It’s suggested/ advised/ demanded/ordered/requested/proposed/required/desired等结构后的主语从句中，谓语动词用(should) + 动词原形。
[注意3]suggest意思是“表明，暗示；说明”时；insist意思是“坚持观点，坚持看法”时，句子不能用虚拟语气。 [例句] He insisted that he was innocent.=He insisted on his innocence.他坚持说自己是无辜的。 He insisted that he had never done wrong.他坚持说没有做错事情。
Are you suggesting that I’m not suited for the job? 你是在暗示说我不适合做那项工作？ The look on his face suggested that the teacher was quite satisfied with the result.脸上的表情说明老师对结果感到满意。 句型39 It is neceary/important/natural/impoible/eential（基本的）等结构后的主语从句中要用虚拟语气，即主语+(should)+动词原形 [例句] It’s neceary that Tom take the exam first.Tom有必要先参加考试。
With the society developing very fast, it’s quite neceary/important that we (should) have a good knowledge of English and computer.随着社会的快速发展，我们有必要精通英语和电脑。 句型40 It’s strange/surprising/a pity/a shame/a surprise (that) … should do…should表示“竟然” [例句] It’s a pity that she should mi the chance.很遗憾她错过了机会。
It’s really surprising that a prophecy（预言）should coincide with the fact so exactly.令人惊讶的是，预言和事实竟然如此巧合。
It’s strange that he shouldn’t pa the exam.奇怪的是他竟然没有通过考试。 句型41 prefer (1) prefer to do sth 例：I prefer to stay at home.我宁愿呆在家里。 (2) prefer doing sth 例：I prefer playing in defence.我喜欢打防守。 (3) prefer sb to do sth 例：Would you prefer me to stay? 你愿意我留下来吗？ (4) prefer to do sth rather than do sth ……宁愿…...而不愿.…\".例句：I prefer to stay at home rather than go out 我宁愿呆在家里而不愿出去.(5) prefer doing sth to doing sth 例：I prefer watching football to playing it.我喜欢看篮球，不喜欢打篮球。 (6) prefer sth to sth 例：I prefer tea to coffee.我要茶不要咖啡。 句型42 seem (1) It +seems + that从句
例：It seemed that everyone was satisfied.看来好像每个人都很满意。 (2) It seems to sb that --- 例：It seems to me that she is right.我看她是对的， (3) There seems to be ---- 例：There seems to be a heavy rain.看上去要有一场大雨。 (4) It seems as if ---- 例：It seemed that she couldn\'t come to cla.看样子她不能来上课了。 句型43 表示“相差……；增加了……；增加到……”句型： (1) She is taller than I by three inches.她比我高三英寸 (2) There is one year between us.我们之间相差一岁。 (3) She is three years old than I 她比我大三岁。
(4) They have increased the price by 50%.他们把价格上涨了50% 句型44 too句型：
(1) too．．．to do sth．
例：Politics is too important to be left to the politicians．
（＝Politics is so important that it can\'t be left to the politicians．） 政治太重要了，不能由政治家来决定。 (2) only too --- to do sth 例：I shall be only too pleased to get home.我要回到家里就非常高兴。 (3) too + adj + for sth 例：These shoes are much too small for me.我穿这双鞋太小了。 (4) too + adj + a + n.例：This is too difficult a text for me.这篇课文对我来说太难了。 (5) can\'t … too +形容词 无论……也不为过
例：We cannot emphasize the importance of protecting our eyes too much.我们再怎么强调保护眼睛的重要性也不为过。 句型45 before 句型：
(1) before sb can/ could … 某人还没来得及……
例：Before I could get in a word ，he had measured me． 我还没来得及插话，他就给我量好了尺寸 (2) It will be +时间+ before + 还有多长时间……
例：It will be 4 years before he graduates.他还有四年时间变毕业了。 (3) had done some time before （才……）
例：We had sailed four days and four nights before we saw land.我们航行了四天四夜才见到陆地。 (4) had not done --- before --- 不到……就…… 例：We hadn’t run a mile before he felt tired.我们还没走到一英里路就觉得累了。
(5) It was not +一段时间+ before 不多久就…… 例：It wasn’t two years before he left the country.还没到两年他们离开了那国家。 句型46 用于表示过去未实现的希望和计划的句型：
(1) should like to/ would like to/ would love to have done sth.例：You should like to have written to your mother.你本应当给你母亲写信。
(2) was / were going to do sth.（用过去将来时态表示原打算做什么） 例：Lucy was going to watch a basketball match.Lucy 原打算看一场篮球比赛。
(3) was / were going to have done sth.表示未完成原来的计划和安排 例：Lily was going to have cleaned her bedroom, but she had no time.Lily 原打算清理她的卧室，但她没时间。
(4) expect, intend, hope, mean, plan, promise, suppose, think, want, wish ．．．
常用过去完成时态,在这些词后接宾语从句或者接不定式的一般形式； 或者用一般过去时态后面接不定式的完成形式表示过去未曾实现的愿望 例：She had supposed him to be very rich.她原以为他很有钱。 (5) wish that …had done sth.表示过去未曾实现的愿望．
例：I wish he had been here yesterday.要是他昨天在这儿就好了。 (6) 情态动词should ,would, could, might, ought to等后接不定式的完成时， 表示过去本该做，打算做，想做而未做的事情． should have done =ought to have done 本应该做而没做 would have done = 本来就会去做某事而没做 could have done = 本可以做某事而没做 might have done 本可以做而没做
例：They ought to have apologized.他们本该道歉的。 句型47 倍数句型：
(1)倍数＋比较级＋than．．．，
例：The room is twice larger than that one．这个房间是那个房间的两倍大。
There is 30 times greater chance of being hit by lightening than being attacked by a shark.(2)倍数＋as＋原级＋as．．．，
例：The room is three times as large as that one． 这个房间是那个房间的三倍。
(3)倍数＋the size ／height／length ／weight ／width of．．． 例：The room is three times the size of that one． 这个房间是那个房间的3倍大。
句型48 比较句型： (1)原级比较：
例：English is not so difficult a subject as Ruia.英语不是和像俄语一样难的科目。
Their bones are not as thick as adults’.他们的骨头和成年人的不一样厚。 (2)一方超过另一方：
例：The weather of this year is a lot hotter than that of last year.今年的气候比上一年的气候要热得多。 (3)一方不如另一方：
例：The restoration was so bad that it made some of the buildings le secure than they had been before.修复工作是如此的糟，以致于它使得一些建筑没有以前安全了。 (4) The + ~er + S + V, ~~~ the + ~er + S + V ~~~ The + more + Adj + S + V, ~~~ the + more + Adj + S + V ~~~ （愈...愈...）
例：The harder you work, the more progre you make.你愈努力，你愈进步。
The more books we read, the more learned we become.
我们书读愈多，我们愈有学问。 (5) more….than…与其说…倒不如说 例：Smith is more diligent than intelligent.与其说Smith聪明倒不如说他勤奋。
(6) no +形容词比较级+ than = as +形容词的反义词+ as 例：I am no better at English than you.我的英语不比你好。 (7) that 在前后比较中代替不可数名词和特指的单数可数名词 例：The traditional picture of St Nicholas is quite different from that of Father Christmas.(8) one 在前后比较中代替泛指的单数可数名词。
例：I prefer a flat in Beijing to one in Nanjing, because I want to live near my Mom\'s.与南京相比我更喜欢在北京有一套公寓，因为我想跟我妈妈住一起。 (9) those 在前后比较中代替 特指的复数可数名词。 例：Salaries are higher here than those in my country.这儿的工资比我们国家的高。
(10) ones 在前后比较中代替泛指的复数可数名词
例：Cars do cause us some health problems --- in fact far more serious ones than mobile phones do.汽车确实给我们的身体健康带来问题，事实上比手机造成的问题更严重。 句型49 感叹句型：
(1) What a + Adj + N + S + V! 例：What an important thing it is to keep our promise!
信守我们的诺言是多么的重要啊！ (2) How + Adj + a + N + V!（多么...！）
例：How important a thing it is to keep our promise! 遵守诺言是多么重要的事！ (3) How + S + V!
例句：How I want to go to Beijing.我多么想去北京啊！ 句型50 表法猜测的句型：
(1) must have done sth 一定做过某事 否定形式：can\'t have done 例：She must have come here last night.她一定是昨晚来的。 She can\'t have gone there 她不可能到那儿去。
(2) may have done sth 可能做过某事 否定形式：may not have done 例：Philip may have been hurt seriously in the car accident.Philip 可能在这次车祸中伤得很严重。
(3) might have done sth 或许做过某事 否定形式: might not have done 例：She might have known what the bottle contained.她或许知道这个瓶子里装的是什么。 (4) should have done sth 估计已经做了某事 否定形式：should not have done 例：She should have arrived in her office by now.她此刻估计已经到达办公室了。 句型51 动词不定式常用句型：
(1) It takes / took / will take sb.some time / money to do sth.某人花/花了/将花多长时间/多少钱做某事.例句：It took me years of hard work to speak good English.为了讲一口流利的英语,我花了多年时间刻苦操练.(2) It is + adj +for/of sb to do sth 例：Lincoln said that it was not right for the South to break away from the Union.林肯说南方脱离联邦是不对的。 It was carele of Tom to break the cup.(3) Sb.have / has / had no choice but to do...某人除了做……别无选择.例句：We had no choice but to take a taxi for we\'d mied the last bus.由于错过了最后一班公共汽车,除了乘坐的士,我们别无选择.(4) It\'s not /just like sb.to do sth.……的行为不/正像某人的一贯作风.例：lt\'s not like Jim to be late for cla.He regards time as the most important thing in life.上课迟到不像吉姆的一贯作风,他把时间看作是生命中最重要的.(5) ．．．．形容词／副词＋enough to do sth． 例：I was fortunate enough to travel to South Africa.． (6) It pays to + V ~~~ （...是值得的。）
例句：It pays to help others.帮助别人是值得的。
(7) It cost sb some time/money to do sth 例：It must cost a good deal to live here.住这儿一定会花很多钱的。 (8) do all he could to do sth do what he could to do sth do everything he could to do sth 例：They were doing everything they could to help the fatherland.他们在尽最大努力去帮助祖国。
(9) It is hard to imagine/ say … 很难想象/说……
例：It is hard to imagine how Edison managed to work twenty hours each day.很难想象爱迪生每天是怎样工作20小时的。 It\'s hard to say whether the plan is practical.这个计划是否实际很难说。 句型52 动名词常用句型：
(1) ...have trouble/difficulty/a hard time/a difficult time (in) doing sth.(有困难做某事) 例：People from the two countries do not have any difficulty in understanding each other.来自那两个国家的人们在相互理解上是没有困难的。 (2) upon/on doing sth, 一……就……
例：Upon / On hearing the unexpected news, he was so surprised that he couldn\'t say a word.一听到这个出乎意料的消息，他惊讶到说不出话来。 (3) There is no/some difficulty/trouble (in) doing sth.例：There is no difficulty in solving this social problem.解决这个社会问题毫无困难。
(4) There is no need/use harm/hurry in doing sth 例：There is no need in sending such expensive present.没有必要送这样贵重的礼物。
(5) spend some time/money (in) doing sth 例：They say children spend too much time chatting and playing games instead of focusing on their school work.他们说孩子们花太多的时间在闲聊和玩游戏上，而不是集中在学习上。 (6) It\'s no use / good/ worth doing sth 例：It’s no use talking with him.He won’t listen to you.跟他谈没用，他不会听你的。
(7) It\'s a waste of time/money/energy doing 例：It\'s a waste of time watching TV programme as this.
句型53 Not --- until 句型
(1) 陈述句 not --- until --- 直到……才
例：Last night I didn\'t go to bed until 11 o\'clock.昨晚我11点钟才睡觉。 (2) 强调句 It wasn\'t until…that...直到……才…….例：It wasn\'t until yesterday that I got your letter.我直到昨天才收到你的来信.(3) 倒装句 Not until...did...直到……才…….
例：Not until I began to work did I realize how much time I had wasted.直到我开始工作,我才意识到我已蹉跎了很多岁月.句型54 since 句型：
(1) Since + S + 过去式，S + 现在完成式
例句：Since he went to senior high school, he has worked very hard.
自从他上高中，他一直很用功。
(2) It is + --- + since S +持续性谓语动词（表否定）
例：It is three years since she lived here.她已三年不住这儿了。 (3) It is + --- + since S + 瞬间谓语动词（表肯定）
例：It is years since I stopped smoking）．我戒烟已经数年了。 句型55 让步状语从句：
(1) Adj./n./adv.+ as/ though+ Subject（主词）+ be, S + V~~~ （虽然...） 例句：Rich as our country is, the qualities of our living are by no means satisfactory.虽然我们的国家富有，我们的生活品质绝对令人不满意。 (2) No matter what等特殊疑问词...…无论什么…….例句：No matter what happens, I\'ll always stand by you.不论发生什么事,我都永远支持你.(3) However + adj/adv + S + V, 尽管……
例：You won\'t be able to do it alone, however much you try.不论你多努力，你一个人也做不来。
(4) whatever/whoever/whenever/wherever + S + V，无论什么/哪里…… 例：Wherever I am I will be thinking of you.不管我在哪里我都会想到你。 (5) whether … or not
例：Whether you like it or not, you\'ll have to do it.不管你喜欢不喜欢，你必须做这件事。 (6) even if/though 例：Even if/Even though the exercise is very difficult, you must do it.即使那练习很难，你都必须做。 句型56 违反常规的冠词位置句型：
(1) so/as/that/too/how +adj.+ a/an + n.例：He is as good a student as you.他和你一样是个好学生。 This is too difficult a problem for me.对我来说这是一个太难的问题。 You can hardly imagine how clever a boy he is.你几乎想象不到那孩子有多聪明。
(2) quite/rather/what/such/many + a/an +(adj) +n 例：She sang quite a beautiful song.她的歌唱得很漂亮。 He was such a fool as to believe what she said.他是这样的一个笨蛋以致于相信了她说的话。 (3) all/both/half/twice the + n 例：All the students in her cla like her very much.她班上所有的学生都喜欢她。 句型57 表示最高级的句型：
(1) Nothing is + ~~~ er than to + V Nothing is + more + 形容词 + than to + V 例：Nothing is more important than to receive education.
没有比接受教育更重要的事。
(2) no one (nobody, nothing)+so/as+原级＋as 例：Nobody is so blind as those who will not see.没有人像那些视而不见的人如此的瞎了。 (3) 比较级＋than+any other +名词单数 比较级＋than +anything(anyone)else 比较级＋than + any of the others 例：Bamboo probably has more uses than any other plant in the world.(4) 否定词 +比较级
例：It can’t be worse.这是最糟的
I can’t agree any more.我非常同意。 (5) be the last ---- 例：This is the last thing I want to do.这是我最不想干的事。 句型58 more --- than 句型：
(1) more --- than 与其……不如…… 例：He is more lazy than slow at his work.= He is le slow than lazy at his work.在工作上与其说他慢不如说他懒。 (2) more than 超过；不仅仅是；非常
例：These flags are more than just colorful pieces of cloth and thread sewn together.这些旗子不只是不同颜色的布料和丝线逢在一起。 (3) not more than 最多，不超过
例：They finished the project in not more than one year.在不超过一年的时间内，他们完成了那项工程。 (4) no more than 仅仅
例：The officials could see no more than the Emperor.那些官员能看到的仅仅是皇帝。 句型59 形式宾语与宾语补语句型： (1) 形式宾语代动词不定式 例：I think it neceary to explore the space.我认为探索太空是有必要的。 (2) 形式宾语代从句
例：They found it strange that no one would take the money.他们感到很奇怪谁也不要这一笔钱。
(3) 过去分词做宾语补语表示宾语被动的动作： 例：I had my pen stolen.我的笔被偷了。
(4) 现在分词做宾语补语表示宾语正在进行的动作。 例：They found her lying in bed reading a novel.他们发现她躺在床上看小说。
(5) 以名词（间或可用代词）作宾语补足语：
例：In 1849, he went to England and made London the base for his revolutionary work.1849年他到了英国，并且把伦敦作为他的革命工作的基地。 I think him an honest man.我认为他是一个诚实的人。 (6) 介词短语做宾语补语：如：
例：I can\'t find him in the office.我在办公室外没有发现他。 (7) What do you find the hardest in...你觉得……最大的困难是什么 例句：What do you find the hardest in learning English 你觉得学英语最大的困难是什么 句型60 特殊的条件句：
(1) Suppose/ Supposing ---, 假如……
例：Suppose/Supposing he is absent, what shall we do? 假如他缺席，我们怎么办？
(2) On condition that只要……；如果…… 例：I\'ll come on condition that John is invited, too.如果约翰也被邀请，我就来。
(3) provided (that)/ providing ----- 只要……
I will come provided (that) I am well enough.只要我身体好，我一定来。 You may go out providing you do your homework first.只要你先做作业，你便可以外出。 (4) so/as long as 例：As/So long as you work hard, you\'ll succeed in the end.只要你好好干，终究会成功的。 (5) 祈使句+and + 陈述句(表肯定） 例：Give him an inch and he’ll take a mile.
(= If you give him an inch, he’ll take a mile.) 他会得寸进尺的。 (6) 祈使句+ or/otherwise +陈述句 (表否定）
例：Start at once, or / otherwise you’ll mi the train.(= If you don’t start at once, …)
(= Unle you start at once, you’ll mi the train.) 立即动身，否则你会错过那班火车的。 (7) …won\'t...unle...除非……否则我不会…….例句：I won\'t write to him unle he writes to me first.我不会写信给他的,除非他先写给我.句型61 特殊的比较句型：
(1) A differs from B in that…(A不同于B在于……) 例：She differs from her sister in the colour of her eyes.她眼睛的颜色跟她姐姐不同。
(2) ...varies from person to person(……是因人而异的) 例：The opinion of the problem varies from person to person.对这个问题的看法是因人而异的。 (3) A is superior(inferior) to B.A 优越于B 例：The modal is technically superior to its competitors.这一款式在技术上优越于与之竞争的产品。
Some consider digital TV to be superior to satellite TV.(4) be different from 例：Its meaning can be completely different from the meaning of its components.它的意思有时候跟它的合成的意思完全不一样。 (5) be inferior to 例：Modern music is often considered inferior to that of the past.现代音乐常被人认为不如过去的。
(6) A and B have sth in common.A 和B 有共同点。
例：The Japanese and Chinese cultures have a lot in common.日本与中国的文化具有许多相同点。 句型62 必须背诵的There be 句型：
(1) There is no immediate solution to the problem .对于这个问题没有立即的解决的方案。
(2) There is no denying that + S + V ...（不可否认的...）
例：There is no denying that the qualities of our living have gone from bad to worse.不可否认的，我们的生活品质已经每况愈下。 (3) There is no doubt that...毫无疑问,…….
例句：There is no doubt that health is better than wealth.毫无疑问,健康胜于财富.(4) There\'s no point in...……是无意义的.例句：There\'s no point in getting angry when things have happened.对已发生的事生气是没有意义的.(5) There\'s no way...……绝不可能.例句：There\'s no way one could succeed without hard work.一个人不努力绝不可能成功.(6) There is no one but ~~~ （没有人不...）
例句：There is no one but longs to go to college.没有人不渴望上大学。
(7)There is no need/use/harm/hurry in doing sth 例：There is no need in spending money mending the broken car.没有必要花钱去修理那破车了。
There is no use in regretting when time paed by.时间过去了再后悔就没有用了。
There is no harm in using the environmentally friendly products.用环保产品是没有害处的。
There is no hurry in running to school for time is still enough.没有必要匆匆忙忙上学校，因为时间还充足呢。 (8) There no/some difficulty/trouble (in) doing sth 例：There is no trouble in selling our car.我们毫不费力地卖了我们的车。 句型63 time 句型：
(1) the first time 引导的状语从句
例：I thought her nice and honest the first time I met her.第一次我见到她时，觉得她很诚实。 (2) (the) next time 引导的状语从句
例：The harvest will have been got in (the) next time you come.你下次来时，庄稼已收好了。 (3) the last time 引导的状语从句
例：What was the name of the hotel he had stayed in the last time he was in Cairo? 他上次来开罗时往的那家旅馆叫什么来着？ (4) each time/every time 引导的状语从句
例：Every time you get back at night, you drop your shoes on the floor.每次夜间回来，你总是把你的靴子朝地上一扔。
(5) It is ／was the first／last／second ／third time ＋从句（完成时态） 例：This is the first time I have been here 这是我第一次到这儿。 (6)It is high time that sb did (should do) sth 该……的时候了。 例句：It is high time that we went to the claroom.该我们进教室的时候了。
(7) by the time + 从句 就在……时候；到……时候为止 例：We\'ll be ready by the time you get back.你回来的时候，我们将准备好了。 (8) It\'s time for sb to do sth 例：It’s time for me to log off.我该关机/下线了。 (9) It\'s time for sth 例：It\'s time for lunch.午餐的时间到了。 句型64 几种重要的表语从句句型：
(1) The point is that ...重点/关键是…….例句：The point is that you have to keep your promise to help her with her English.关键是你得遵守诺言,帮她学习英语.(2) The chance is that … 有可能……
例：The chance is that he will succeed.他很有可能成功。 (3) The fact is that … 事实是……
例：The fact is that he hasn’t yet recover from illne.事实是他还没有康复呢。
(4) The problem/question is that … 问题是……
例：The question is whether we should ask them for help.问题是我们是否应该向他请求帮助。 (5)That is --- 例：That is where Lu Xun used to live.这是鲁迅过去住过的地方。 句型65 so/such that句型
(1) so that （引导结果状语从句）结果…… 例：We were late so that the teacher was angry.我们迟到，使得教师生气了。
(2) so that = in order that （目的状语从句）以便，为了 例：I hurried so that I wouldn\'t be late for cla．
为了上课不迟到，我匆忙起来。
In order that he should not be late, his mother woke him at 6.为了使他不致迟到，他母亲在6点钟叫醒了他。
(3) so +形容词+（或a/an+ 名词）+that 如此……以致于…… 例：I\'ve been working so hard recently that I haven\'t had any time for collecting new stamps.我近来一直很忙，没时间搜集新邮票。 (4) such +名词（或an/a+形容词 + 名词）+--- that 例：It is such an unusual work of art that everyone wants to have a look at it 这是一个异乎寻常的艺术作品，人人都想看一看。 句型70 表示“也、同样”的句型 (1) too 用于肯定
例：I like the book, too.我也喜欢这本书。 (2) also 用于陈述句
例：She also speaks a little Italian.她也会说一点意大利语。 (3) either 用于否定句
例：Peter can\'t go and I can\'t either.Peter 不能去，我也不能。 (4) so 用于肯定的倒装句
例：You speak English well, so does he.你的英语讲得很好，他讲得也不错。.(5) neither/nor 用于否定的倒装句
例：I have never heard of such a thing, Neither has she.我从来没有听说这件事，她也没有。
Tom didn’t finish his homework.Nor did Jane.汤姆没有完成作业，Jane 也没有。 (6) as well 用于句末
例：He knows German as well.他也懂德语。
(7) so it is/was with = so it is/was the same with 用于包含不同种类的动词 例：Jack is a student and studies in China.So it is with Green.Jack是一个学生，在中国学习， Green也是如此。 (8) The same is true of……，
例：The music is dull and uninspiring, and the same is true of the acting.那音乐单调，缺少激情；那表演也是如此。 (9) The same can be said of…… (……也是如此).例：The same can be said of our country, also a developing one.我们的国家也是如此，一个发展中国家。 句型71 几种重要的同位语从句： (1) 由where 引导
例：The suggestion where we should build our new factory should be considered.那个我们应该在哪儿建造厂房的建议应该给予考虑。 (2) 由what引导
例：I have no idea what he did.我不知道他做了什么。 (3) 由whether 引导
例：The question whether he’ll attend the meeting is not decided.他是否会参加会议这个问题还没决定。 (4) 由who引导。
例：The question who will go abroad needs considering.谁将去国外这个问题需要考虑。 (5) 由when 引导
例：I have no idea when they will be back and settle down.我不知道他们什么时候回来定居。 (6) 由that 引导
例：The suggestion that the students should have plenty of exercise is very good.学生应该有很多练习，这个建议不错。 (7) 由how 引导
例：He can’t answer the question how he got the money.他是怎样得到那钱的，他不能回答这个问题。 (8) 由why 引导
例: We don’t understand the problem why this is the best choice.我搞不懂这个问题，为什么这是最好的选择。 句型72 with复合宾语句型 (1) with + n + adj.例：He stared at me with his mouth open.他张着嘴凝视着我。 (2) with + n + adv 例：The boy stood there, with his head down.这男孩低着头站在那。 (3) with + n + 介词短语
例：He stood with his hand in his pocket.他站着，一手插在衣袋里。 (4) with + n + 动词不定式
例：With no one to talk to, John felt miserable.由于没有可谈话的人，John觉得很悲伤。 (5) with + n + 现在分词
例：With prices going up so fast, we can\'t afford luxuries.由于物价迅猛上涨，我们买不起高当商品。 (6) with + n + 过去分词
例：With her eyes fixed on the opposite wall, she did not answer immediately.她的眼睛盯着对面的墙壁，她没有立即回答。 句型73 have 复合宾语句型： (1) have sb do sth 例：I won\'t have you say such things.我绝不会让你说这样的话。 (2) have sb doing 例：She will have you doing all the housework if you are\'re not carefully.如果你再不小心的话，她就让你做全部家务。 (3) have sth done 例：I have my hair cut every six weeks.我每六个星期剪一次头。 句型74 几个重要的目的状语从句句型： (1) in case 例：He left early in case he should mi the last train.他动身得早，以免误了最后一班火车。 (2) for fear (that) 例：He handled the instrument with care for fear (that) it should be damaged.他小心翼翼地摆弄那仪器，以防把它弄坏。 (3) so that 例：Let’s take the front seats so that we can see more clearly.让我们坐到前面的座位上，以便能看得更清楚些。 (4) in order that 例：He got up very early so that/in order that he might/could catch the early bus.为了赶上早班车，他起了个大早。 句型75 几个难掌握的主语从句和宾语从句
(1) You may take whatever(=anything/everything that)you like.你喜欢什么就拿什么。
(2) You may take whichever(=any) seat you like.你想坐哪个位置就坐哪个位置。 (3) Whoever(=Anyone who) cuts the trees down must be punished.任何一个砍树的人都必须受到惩罚。
(4) You may give the note to whomever(=anyone whom) you meet at the office.你可以把条子给你在办公室看到的任何一个人。 句型76 使用现在完成时和过去完成时的常用句型： (1) since句型：主句用完成时
例：My aunt has worked in a clinic since 1949.从1949年，我婶婶就一直在一家诊所工作。 (2) since when +完成时
例：Since when have you planted so many young trees? 从什么时候你种植了这么多小树的？
(3) This/it is the first (third...) time sb have done sth 例：This is the first time I have been here.这是我第一次到这儿。 (4) by…（到……为止）到过去某个时候为止用过去完成时，到现在为止 用现在完成时，到将来某个时候为止用将来完成时。 例：She will have finished the book by my next birthday.到我下一个生日为止，我将完成那本书。
By eleven o\'clock yesterday, we had arrived at the airport.到昨天十一点止我们就已经到达机场了。
但比较：By the time the speaker entered the hall, all the listeners were seated.就在主讲者进入大厅的时候，所有的听众都坐好了。 (5) in the past time( two days/years...) +完成时
例：In the past 10 years, there have been great changes in our family life.在过去的十年里，我们的家庭生活发生了很大的变化。 (6) hardly ...when....(no sooner ...than)句型用过去完成时 例：Hardly had I reached the school when the bell rang.我一到学校，铃子就响了。
No sooner had we sat down at the table than the phone rang.我们刚坐到桌子旁边电话就响了。 (7) 未实现的愿望打算等等用过去完成时
例：I had thought I could pa the final examination but I failed.句型77 几种特殊的状语从句句型： (1) everywhere 引导
例：Everywhere they went, they were kindly received / warmly welcomed.他们每到一处就收到热烈的欢迎。 (2) anywhere 引导
例：We’ll go anywhere the Party directs us.党指向哪我们就去哪。 (3) the way 引导
例：She is doing her work the way I like it done.她在用她喜欢的方法做她的工作。 (4) like 引导
例：The landlord was watching him like (= just as) a cat watches a mouse.那地主监视着他就像猫监视老鼠一样。 (5) immediately引导
例：I didn’t wait a moment, but came immediately you called.我一刻也没停留，你一打电话我就来的。 句型78 有关it的几个特殊句型 ：
(1) owe it to sb.that…把…归功于…
例：I owe it to you that I finished my work in time.亏你帮忙，我才及时完成了工作。 (2) take it for granted that …想当然
例：I take it for granted that they will support this idea.我认为他们会支持这个提议是理所当然的。 (3) keep it in mind that…
例：It must be kept in mind that there is no secret of succe but hard work.一定要记住的是成功的秘密是努力的工作。
(4) It can be seen from the statistics that ...从这个统计可看出…… 例句：It can be seen from the statistics that exercise is good for us.从这个统计可以看出，练习对我们是有好处的。
(5).It用在不能直接跟宾语从句的动词后面，尤其是表示好恶的动词后， enjoy, like, love, dislike, resent, hate, don\'t mind, be fond of, feel like, see to, appreciate, stand 宾语从句紧跟it之后 例 I hate it you can swim so well and I can\'t.我妒嫉你游泳那么好，而我不能。
I would appreciate it if you call me back this evening.如果你晚上给我回电话,我会非常感激.I can\'t stand it when people talk with their mouth full.我无法忍受别人说话的时候满嘴食物.(6).It用在不能直接跟宾语从句的介词后面，宾语从句紧跟it之后 （except that例外）
例：I\'m for it that you will follow their advice.我赞成你采纳他们的意见。
(7) It must be pointed out that 必须指出的是
例句：It must be pointed out that it is one of our basic State policies to control population growth while raising the quality of the population.一定要指出的是国家基本政策之一是在提高人口质量的同时控制 人口增长。
(8) It has been proved that… 有人已经证实…… 例：It has been proved that his theory is right.已经证明，他的理论是对的。 句型79 列举、说明句型：
(1) on the one hand --- ; on the other hand (2) For one thing ---; for another thing --- 例：For one thing, these shoes don\'t suit you.For another, they are too expensive.一方面,这双鞋子并不适合你;另一方面,这太贵了.(3) It is one thing to...; it is another to...做这件事是一回事；做那件事是另一回事
(4) what\'s more ---; morever ---; furthermore --- (5) Firstly ---; secondly ---; finally --- (6) In the first place ---; in the second place --- (7)First of all/to begin with ---; in addition/besides --- 句型80 总结句型：
(1) Through the above analysis(分析) 例：Through the above analysis, I believe that the positive aspects outweigh the negative ones.通过以上分析，我认为积极因素大于消极因素。 (2) To sum up,总而言之, …
例：To sum up, there are three ways of solving the problems.决而言之，解决这个问题的方法有三条。 (3) In short...总之……
例：In short, the students have not arrived at any agreement yet.总之，学生们还没有达成一致的意见。
(4) In a word , it is clear that… 总之，很明显……
例：In a word, it is clear that smoking does harm to our health.总之，很明显，抽烟对我们健康有害。
(5) On account of this we can find that … 由此我们可以知道…
例：On account of this we can find that it is not suitable for middle school students to have cell phones.由此我们可以发现中学生持有手机是不合适的。 (6) In conclusion … 结论之, …
例：In conclusion, we must take into account this problem rationally and place more emphases on peasants’ lives.
结论之，我们必须理性地考虑这个问题，对农民的生活应给予更多的重视。 (7) All in all, it is obvious that …..总之，很明显……
例：All in all, it is obvious that the government should set up different kinds of schools to meet the demands of different children.总之，很明显，政府应该建立多种不同的学校去满足不同孩子的需要。 (8) From what has been discued above/taking into account all these factors, we may safely arrive at/draw/come to/reach the conclusion that ...从以上所讨论的东西来看/考虑到所有这些因素，我们完全可以得出这样 的结论……
例：From what has been discued above/taking into account all these factors, we may safely arrive at/draw/come to/reach the conclusion that the leisure life-style is undergoing a decline with the progre of modern society, it is not neceary a bad thing.从以上所讨论的东西来看/考虑到所有这些因素，我们完全可以得出这样的结论，随着现代社会的进步，闲暇的生活方式正在减少，这未必是一件坏事。
1.随着经济的繁荣 with the booming of the economy 2.随着人民生活水平的显著提高 with the remarkable improvement of people\'s living standard 3.先进的科学技术 advanced science and technology 4.为我们日常生活增添了情趣 add much spice / flavor to our daily life 5.人们普遍认为 It is commonly believed that…
6.我同意前者(后者)观点 I give my vote to the former / latter opinion.7.引起了广泛的公众关注 Sth.has aroused wide public concern./ Sth has drawn great public attention.8.不可否认 It is undeniable that…
9.热烈的讨论/ 争论 a heated discuion / debate 10.有争议性的问题 a controversial iue 11.就我而言/ 就个人而言 As far as I am concerned, / Personally, 12.有充分的理由支持 be supported by sound reasons 13.双方的论点 argument on both sides 14.发挥日益重要作用 play an increasingly important role in… 15.对…必不可少 be indispensable to … 16.正如谚语所说 As the proverb goes: 17.对…产生有利/不利的影响 exert positive / negative effects on… 18.利远远大于弊 The advantages far outweigh the disadvantages.19.导致，引起 lead to / give rise to / contribute to / result in 20.复杂的社会现象 a complicated social phenomenon 21.责任感 / 成就感 sense of responsibility / achievement 22.竞争与合作精神 sense of competition and cooperation 23.开阔眼界 widen one\'s horizon / broaden one\'s vision 24.学习知识和技能 acquire knowledge and skills 25.经济/心理负担 financial burden / psychological burden 26.考虑到诸多因素 take many factors into consideration 27.从另一个角度 from another perspective 28.做出共同努力 make joint efforts 29.对…有益 be beneficial to / be conducive to… 30.为社会做贡献 make contributions to the society 31.打下坚实的基础 lay a solid foundation for… 32.综合素质 comprehensive quality 33.致力于/ 投身于 be committed / devoted to… 34.应当承认 Admittedly, 35.不可推卸的义务 unshakable duty 36.满足需求 satisfy / meet the needs of...37.可靠的信息源 a reliable source of information 38.宝贵的自然资源 valuable natural resources 39.因特网 the Internet (一定要由冠词，字母I 大写) 40.方便快捷 convenient and efficient 41.在人类生活的方方面面 in all aspects of human life 42.环保的材料 environmentally friendly materials 43.社会进步的体现 a symbol of society progre 44.大大方便了人们的生活 Sth has greatly facilitated people\'s lives.45.对这一问题持有不同态度 hold different attitudes towards this iue 46.在一定程度上 to some extent 47.理论和实践相结合 integrate theory with practice 48.…必然趋势 an irresistible trend of…
49.日益激烈的社会竞争 the increasingly keen social competition 50.眼前利益 immediate interest/ short-term interest 51.长远利益 long-tem interest 52.…有其自身的优缺点 … has its own merits and demerits / pros and cons 53.对…有害 do harm to / be harmful to / be detrimental to 54.交流思想/ 情感/ 信息 exchange ideas / emotions / information 55.跟上…的最新发展 keep pace with / keep abreast with the latest development of… 56.…的健康发展 the healthy development of… 57.重视 attach great importance to… 58.社会地位 social status 59.把时间和精力放在…上 focus one\'s time and energy on… 60.扩大知识面 expand one\'s scope of knowledge 61.身心两方面 both physically and mentally 62.有直接/间接关系 be directly / indirectly related to… 63.导致很多问题 give rise to / lead to / spell various problems 64.可以替代think的词 believe, claim, maintain, argue, insist, hold the opinion / belief / view that 65.缓解压力/ 减轻负担 relieve stre / burden 66.优先考虑/发展… give (top) priority to sth.67.与…比较 compared with…/ in comparison with
68.可降解的/可分解的材料 degradable / decomposable material 69.代替 replace / substitute / take the place of 70.提供就业机会 offer job opportunities 71.反映了社会进步的 mirror the social progre/advance 72.增进相互了解 enhance / promote mutual understanding 73.充分利用 make full use of / take advantage of 74.承受更大的工作压力 suffer from heavier work preure 75.保障社会稳定和繁荣 guarantee the stability and prosperity of our society 76.更多地强调 put more emphasis on… 77.适应社会发展 adapt oneself to the social development 78.实现梦想 realize one\'s dream 79.主要理由列举如下 The main / leading reasons are listed as follows: 80.我们还有很长的路要走 We still have a long way to go.
1.不用说?…
It goes without saying that子句 = (It is) needle to say (that)子句
= It is obvious that子句 = Obviously, S.+ V.例︰不用说早睡早起是值得的。
It goes without saying that it pays to keep early hours.2.…是不可能的; 无法… There is no Ving = There is no way of Ving.= There is no poibility of Ving.= It is impoible to V.= It is out of the question to V.= No one can V.= We cannot V.例︰不可否认的?成功的事业关键在于健康的身心。
There is not denying that succefulbusine lies in a healthy body and mind.3.我深信…
I am greatly convinced (that)子句 = I am greatly aured (that)子句
例︰我深信预防是于治疗。
I am greatly convinced that prevention is better than cure.4.在各种…之中?…
Among various kinds of …, … = Of all the …, …
例︰在各种运动中?我尤其喜欢慢跑。
Among various kinds of sports, I like jogging in particular.5.…是很容易证明的。
It can be easily proved (that)子句
例︰时间最珍贵是很容易证明的。
It can be easily proved that nothing is more precious than time.6.…无论如何强调都不为过 … cannot be overemphasized
例︰交通安全的重要性无论如何强调都不为过。
The importance of traffic safety cannot be overemphasized.7.就我的看法?…；我认为… In my opinion, … = To my mind, ….
= As far as I am concerned, … = I am of the opinion that子句
例︰就我的看法?打电动玩具既花费时间也有害健康。
In my opinion, playing video gamesnot only takes much time but is also harmful to health.8.(A) 每个人都知道… Everyone knows (that)子句
(B) 就我所知?…
As far as my knowledge is concerned, … 例︰就我所知?下列方法对我帮助很大。
As far as my knowledge is concerned, the following ways are of great help to me.9.毫无疑问地?…
There is no doubt (that)子句
例︰毫无疑问地?近视在我国的年轻人中是一个严重的问题。
There is no doubt that near-sightedne is a serious problem among the youth of our country.10.根据我个人经验?…
According to my personal experience, … = Based on my personal experience, …
例︰根据我个人经验?微笑已带给我许多好处。
According to my personal experience, smile has done me a lot of good.11.在我认识的人当中?也许没有一个人比…更值得我尊敬。
Of all the people I know, perhaps non deserves my respect more than …
例︰在我认识的人当中?也许没有一个人比我的英文老师张老师更值得我尊敬。
Of all the people I know, perhaps non deserves my respect more than Mi Chang, my English teacher.12.在我的求学过程中?我忘不了…
In the course of my schooling.I willnever forget …
例︰在我的求学过程中?我忘不了学习英文所遭到的大困难。
In the course of my schooling.I willnever forget the great difficulty I encountered in learning English.13.(A) 随着人口的增加?… With the increase/growth of the population, … (B) 随着科技的进步, … With the advance of science and technology,…
例︰随着台湾经济的快速发展?许多社会问题产生了。
With the rapid development of Taiwan\'s economy, a lot of social problems have come to pa.14.(A) 在这信息的年代?…扮演重要的角色。
In the age of information and communication, … plays an important role.(B) 在今日工业社会中?…是生命不可或缺的。
In today\'s industrial society, … is indispensable to life.例︰在这信息的年代?计算机扮演非常重要的角色。
In this age of information and communication, the computer playsan extremely important role.15.在讨论…?一个人不得不承认…。
In dealing with …, one cannot but admit (that)子句
例︰在讨论未来的职业?一个人不得不承认尽早决定未来的职业很重要。
In dealing with one\'s future career, one cannot but admit that it is very important to decide one\'s future career as early as poible.16.世上没有什么比…更令我高兴。
Nothing in the world can delight meso much as … 例︰世上没有什么比到快餐店吃汉堡更令我高兴。
Nothing in the world can delight meso much as having hamburgers in fast-food restaurants.17.… 是必要的 It is neceary that S (should) V … 是重要的 It is important/eential that S (should) V … 是适当的 It is proper that S (should) V … 是紧急的 It is urgent that S (should) V 例︰我们当保持公共场所清洁是应当的。
It is proper that we (should) keep the public places clean.18.每当我听到…?我就忍不住感到兴奋。Whenever I hear …, I cannot but feel excited.每当我做…? 我就忍不住感到悲伤。 Whenever I do …, I cannot butfeel sad.
每当我想到…?我就忍不住感到紧张。Whenever I think of …, I cannot but feel nervous.每当我遭遇…?我就忍不住感到害怕。Whenever I meet with …, I cannot but feel frightened.每当我看到… 我就忍不住感到惊讶。Whenever I see …, I cannot but feel surprised.例︰每当我想到我家附近那一条清澈的小溪?我就忍不住感到悲伤。
Whenever I think of the clean brooknear my home, I cannot but feel sad.= Every time I think of the clean brook near my home, I cannot help feeling sad.19.据说… It is said (that)子句 一般认为… It is thought (that)子句 大家都知道… It is known (that)子句 据报导… It is reported (that)子句 一般预料… It is expected (that)子句 一般估计… It is estimated (that)子句 一般相信… It is believed (that)子句
例︰一般相信阅读增加我们的知识、扩大我们的心胸。
It is believed (that) reading increases our knowledge and broadens our mind.20.…的主要理由是…
The main reason why …..is (that)子句
例︰青少年犯罪的主要理由是社会环境日一败坏。
The main reason why the juveniles commit crimes is that social environment is becoming worse.21.俗语说得好：「…」。 Well goes an old saying, \"…\"
= As an old saying goes(runs, says),\"…\" = An old saying goes, \"…\" = It\'s an old saying (that)子句
例︰俗话说得好：「诚实为上策」。
As an old saying goes, \"Honesty is the best policy.\" 22.(A) …用下列方法… … in the following ways.(B) …有三个主要理由。 … for three major reasons.
(C) 要…?至少我们可做三件事。 To …, there are at least three things we can do.例︰(A) 我用下列方法增加信心。
I increase my confidence in the following ways.(B) 人们学外语有三个理由。
People learn a foreign language forthree major reasons.(C) 为了维护健康?我们每天至少可做三件事。
To keep healthy, there are at least three things we can do every day.II.用于文章承转句 23.那就是(说)…；亦即… That is to say, … = That is, … = Namely, …
例︰我们生活需有规律。也就是说?早睡早起?戒除烟酒。
We need to live a regular life.That is, we can keep good hours and refrain from smoking and drinking in the daily activities.24.(A) 基于这个理由?… For this reason, … (B) 为了这个目的?… For this purpose, …
例︰基于这个理由?我已决定把行医作为未来的职业。
For this reason, I have decided to take practicing medicine as my future career.25.我们有理由相信…
We have reasons to believe (that)子句
例︰我们有理由相信体罚应该严格禁止。
We have reasons to believe that corporal punishment should be strictly prohibited.26.事实上?…
As a matter of fact, … = In fact, …
例︰事实上?健康才是最重要。
As a matter of fact, it is health that counts.27.(A) 例如?… For example, … (B) 拿…做例子 Take … for example.
例︰例如?我们盲目地提高生活水准?却降低生活品质。
For example, we elevate the living standards blindly, but lower the quality of life.28.此外?我们不应忽视…
Besides (In addition), we should notneglect …
例︰此外?我们不应忽视每个人都想要一个温馨祥和的社会。
In addition, we should not neglect that everyone wants a friendly and peaceful society.29.相反地?…
on the contrary, … = by contrast, …
例︰相反地?少数学生似乎还在鬼混。
On the contrary, a few students, it seems, are still fooling around.30.另一方面?…
on the other hand, …
例︰政府应严格执法?另一方面?大众也应该培养减少污染的好习惯。
The government should enforce laws strictly.On the other hand, thepublic also should develop the goodhabit of reducing pollution.31.然而?很可惜的是… However, it is a pity that子句
例︰然而?很可惜的是他总是临时抱佛脚。
However, it is a pity that he should always cram at the eleventh hour.32.换言之?… in other words, … = to put it differently 例︰换言之?我会尽最大的努力达成我的目标。
In other words, I will try my best toattain (gain, live up to) my goal.33.别人可能认为这是事实?但我不是。我认为…
It may be true as aumed by others, but I don\'t.I believe that子句 例︰别人可能认为这是事实?但我不是。我认为… It may be true as aumed by others, but I don\'t.I believe that if you have strong determination and perseverance, the succe will certainly come to you in the end.34.从此之后?我已发现…
Ever since then, I have found that子句
例︰从此之后?我已发现…
Ever since then, I have found smile the best way to avoid any poible conflicts in our daily lives.35.这样说来?假如...?当然毫无疑问地…。
In this light, if…, there can surely be no doubt (that) 子句
例︰这样说来?假如我们能善用时间?当然毫无疑问地我们会成功。
In this light, if we can make good use of time, there can surely be no doubt that we will get somewhere.36.更严重的是?…。
What is more serious is (that)子句
例︰更严重的是?我们不珍惜野生动物。
What is more serious is that we do not cherish the wildlife.37.鉴于社会的实际需要?…。
In view of the practical need of society, ….
例︰鉴于社会的实际需要?愈来愈多人对学英语有兴趣。
In view of the practical need of society, there are more and more people interested in learning English.III.用于文章结论句
38.如果能实践这三点?…。
If one can really put the three points into action (practice), … 例︰如果能实践这三点?…。
If one can really put the three points into action(practice), he will surely be able to live a healthy and happy life.39.做这些简单之事?我们一定可以…。
By doing these simple things, we surely can ….
例︰做这些简单之事?我们一定可以快乐出门平安回家。
By doing these simple things, we surely can go out of the door happily and come back home safe every day.40.如此?我相信…。
In this way, I believe (that)子句
例︰如此?我相信大家能够像我一样?享受乘坐公车的乐趣。
In this way, I believe that all the people may be able to enjoy the bus ride like me.41.实践这些?…。
By putting them (the above) into practice, ….例︰实践这些?在智育方面我一直能不断进步。
By putting them(the above) into practice, I have been able to make constant progre in intellectual education.42.(A) 唯有符合此三项要求?我们才能…。
Only by living up to the three requirements, can we ….(B) 唯有通力合作?我们才能…。
Only with combined efforts, can we….
例︰唯有通力合作?我们才能期望台湾不久有新的面貌。
Only with combined efforts, can we expect Taiwan to take a new face in due course.43.最后?但并非最不重要?…。 Last but no least, ….
例︰最后?但并非最不重要?教育上的缺失是助长青少年犯罪的原因。
Last but no least, the shortcoming in education is the cause contributing to juvenile delinquency.44.这证据显示～的重要性在怎么强调都不为过。
This evidence shows that the importance of ～ cannot be overemphasized.例︰这证据显示交通安全的重要性在怎么强调都不为过。
This evidence shows that the importance of traffic safety cannot be overemphasized.45.由于这些理由?我…。 For these reasons, I ….
例︰由于这些理由?我认为在台湾接受大学教育是明智的。
For these reasons, I think that receiving college education in Taiwan is wise.46.总而言之?…。 In conclusion, … = To sum up, …
例︰总而言之?好国民应该遵守交通规则。
In conclusion, a good citizen should abide by traffic regulations.47.因此?我们能下个结论?那就是…。
We can, therefore, come to the conclusion (that)子句
例︰因此?我们能下个结论?那就是世上自由罪珍贵。
We can, therefore, come to the conclusion that nothing is so precious as freedom in the world.48.如果我们能做到如上所述?毫无疑问地?…。
If we can do as mentioned above, there can be no doubt (that)子句
例︰如果我们能做到如上所述?毫无疑问地?我们就能精通英语。
If we can do as mentioned above, there can be no doubt that we can master English 49.因此?这就是…的原因。 Thus, this is the reason why ….例︰因此?这就是我重感冒的原因。
Thus, this is the reason why I caught a bad cold.50.所以?我们应该了解…。
Therefore, we should realize (that)子句
例︰所以?我们应该了解学英文不能没有字典。
Therefore, we should realize that in learning English we cannot do without a dictionary.51.因此?由上列的讨论我们可以明了…。
We, therefore, can make clear fromthe above discuion (that)子句
例︰因此?由上列的讨论我们可以明了毅力可以克服任何困难。
We, therefore, can make clear fromthe above discuion that perseverance can overcome any difficulty.52.1.从～观点来看?…。 From the ～ point of view, ….2.根据～的看法?…。 According to ～ point of view, ….例︰从政治的观点来看?这是一个很复杂的问题。 From the political point
第19篇：高中英语句型
高中英语句型大全 2012-05-12 00:00 Leon 1
关键句型全总结(一)
关键句型一：关于写信询问某事的句型
1.I\'m writing to request more information about the day tour to London.
2.I\'m writing for more information about the day tour to London.
关键句型二：关于询问具体细节的句型
1.I\'d like to know if you have any special prices for students.
2.What about time for shopping? Is it included in the schedule?
3.As for lunch, is it included in the price?
4.Can you tell me more details about the trip?
5.Please let me know the scheduled return time.
6.I wonder if you could tell me more about the trip.
7.I also want to know how long the tour will last.
8.I have one final question, is there any time scheduled for shopping?
9.I would （also）like to inquire something about a spokesman for animals.
10I would be grateful if it’s so kind of you to give me some eential information.
11I’d like to know something more about the volunteer activity.
Leon 2
关键句型全总结(二)
关键句型一：表达个人观点的句型
1.In my opinion, …在我看来……。
2.As far as I am concerned,…就我看来……。
3.Personally,…我个人认为……。
4.From my point of view，… 在我看来……。
5.I think (that)…我认为……。
6.As I see it.…在我看来……。
关键句型二：阐述论据的句型(以本题为例)
1.For one reason…For another reason…
一个大原因是……。另一个原因是……。
2.What\'s more…此外…。
3.On the one hand, …on the other hand,…
一方面……，另一方面……。
Leon 3
关键句型全总结(三)
关键句型一：表示肯定的句型
1.I\'m sure you\'ll like the delicious Chinese food here!
2.I believe you will find Chinese food delicious.
3.I\'m convinced that you\'ll love Chinese food.
5.I bet you will love Chinese food!
关键句型二：表示为某人提供某物
1.We\'ll provide you with a room of your own with a bed, a desk, a couple of chairs and a TV.
2.We\'ll provide a room with a bed, a desk, a couple of chairs and a TV for you.
3.We\'ll supply you with a room that has a bed, a desk, a couple of chairs and a TV.
4.We\'ll supply a room with a bed, a desk, a couple of chairs and a TV for you.
5.We\'ll prepare a room with a bed, a desk, a couple of chairs, and a TV for you.
6.You will have a room of your own with a bed, a desk, a couple of chairs and a TV.
关键句型三：表示提供帮助的句型
表示提供帮助的句型非常多，我们旨在抛砖引玉，只给出几个参考句型，希望同学们自己努力思考，平时留意悼念相关的句型，为自己增加财富!
1.Please set me know if you have any questions or requests.
2.Just call me if there\'s anything you need.
3.(Please) let me know if there\'s anything I can help you with.
4.Don\'t hesitate to ask for help if you have any questions or requests.
5.I\'ll be glad to help if you have any questions or requests.
6.I\'d be glad if I could help.
关键句型四：表示尽力做某事的句型
1.We\'ll try our best to make your stay here in Beijing a pleasant experience.
2.We\'ll do everything we can to help you enjoy your stay here in Beijing.
3.We\'ll do all we can to help you have a good time in Beijing.
4.We\'ll do our best to make your stay in Beijing a happy one!
Leon 4
关键句型一：讲故事开头的句型
1.Once upon a time there was a farmer who worked hard in the fields every day.
2.There once was a farmer who worked very hard every day.
3.Long long ago, there lived a farmer who worked very hard every day.
4.One day, the farmer heard something odd as he wad hoeing.
关键句型 二：陈述学到某种道理的句型
1.The story tells us that if you want to get something, you must work hard for it.
2.From the story, we learn that only by working hard can we get what we want.
3.The story suggests: \"No pains, no gains.\"
4.The leon in this story is that you must work hard to get what you want.
Leon 5
关键句型一：表达信息来源的句型
1.I read in the newspaper that…
2.I learned from the newspaper that…
3.By reading today\'s newspaper that…
4.It says in today\'s newspaper that…
关键句型二：提出建议的句型
关于提建议的句型非常多，这里我们只给几个适用于这道题的提建议句型：
1.I think this is a good chance for you to…
2.I\'d like to suggest you…
3.I think you might like to…
4.I was wondering if you\'d like to…
Jim\'s Contribution:
I think this is a good chance for you to enter the English Speaking Competition.
我认为这是你参加英语演讲比赛的一个好机会。
关键句型三：主动提供帮助的句型
主动提供帮助的句型我们已经在第一课学习了不少，这里我们再给大家提供几个句型：
1.If there is anything I can do for you, I would be glad to…
2.If there is anything I can do for you, it will be my great pleasure to…
3.Just tell me if I can be of any help.
4.Don\'t hesitate to ask if you need any help.
5.I would be very pleased to do anything that would help you.
Leon 6
关键句型一：表示欢迎的句型
1.Welcome to China.
2.I am glad to learn that you are coming to China.
3.I feel very honored to have you here in China.
4.My parents and I are very pleased to have you with us
关键句型二：告知他人的句型
1.Now let me tell you what we are going to do.
2.I would like to tell you what we are going to do.
3.I\'ll let you know what we are going to do.
4.Let me fill you in on what we are going to do.
【fill sb.In on: 对某人提供……的情况】
5.I\'ll give you the details / story / lowdown on what we are going to do.
关键句型三：表达期待某事的句型
1.I\'m looking forward to meeting you soon.
2.I expect to meet you soon.
3.I\'m eager to meet you soon.
4.I can\'t wait to meet you soon.
1.Our school will arrange for some top students to go to America for the summer camp.
我们学校将组织一些优秀的学生到美国去参加夏令营。
2.What are you going to arrange for us during our stay in your city?
在我们呆在你所信的城市期间，你将为我们安排些什么活动呢?
Leon 7
关键句型一：表达歉意的句型
1.I\'m really / terribly / awfully sorry for not being able to attend the lecture.
2.I am so sorry that I won\'t be able to attend the lecture.
3.I\'m afraid that I won\'t be able to attend the lecture.
4.Excuse me for not being able to attend the lecture.
5.Please forgive me for not being able to attend the lecture.
6.I apologize for not being able to attend the lecture.
7.Please accept my apologies for not being able to attend the lecture.
关键句型 二;说明理由的句型
1.Because I have to meet my uncle at the airport, I won\'t be able to attend the lecture tomorrow afternoon.
2.Because of my promise to meet my uncle at the airport, I won\'t be able to attend the lecture tomorrow afternoon.
3.Since I have to meet my uncle at the airport, I won\'t be able to attend the lecture tomorrow afternoon.
4.I won\'t be able to attend the lecture tomorrow afternoon, for I have to meet my uncle at the airport.
5.I have to meet my uncle at the airport, and that\'s why I won\'t be able to attend the lecture tomorrow afternoon.
6.The reason for my absence from the lecture tomorrow afternoon was that I have to meet my uncle at the airport.
7.Let me explain why I won\'t be able to attend the lecture tomorrow afternoon.
8.It\'s because I have to meet my uncle at the airport that won\'t be able to attend the lecture tomorrow afternoon.
关键句型三：关于询问的句型
1.I was wondering if I could take a photo here.
2.I wonder if it is poible to take a photo here.
3.I want to know if I can take a photo here.
4.Could you please tell me if I could take a photo here?
5.I\'d like to find out if I could take a photo here.
关键句型 四：提出请求的句型
1.Could I borrow the tape, please?
2.May I borrow the tape?
3.I\'d like to borrow the tape.
4.Do you think I could borrow the tape?
Leon 8
关键句型一：表示\"花时间做某事\"的句型
1.They spend 25 minutes doing sports every day.
2.The students put 25 minutes into sports activities every day.
3.They put in 25 minutes doing sports every day.
4.25 minutes is spent on the sports every day.
5.25 minutes is taken up by sports activities every day.
6.25 minutes goes into sports every day.
关键句型二：表达看法的句型
1.I think the school should encourage the students to exercise more after cla.
2.In my opinion, the school should encourage the students to exercise more after cla.
3.Personally, I believe the students should get more exercise after cla.
4.After reading these charts, I can\'t help thinking that the school should encourage the students to exercise more after cla.
5.If you ask me, I think the school should encourage the students to do more exercise after cla.
6.It seems to me that the school should encourage the students to get more exercise after cla.
7.I\'d just like to say the school should encourage the students to do more exercise after cla.
8.I\'d like to point out that the students should exercise more after cla.
9.As far as I\'m concerned, the students should do more exercise after cla.【as far as I\'m concerned: 就我而言】
10.From my point of view, the school should encourage the students to exercise more after cla.
Leon 9
关键句型一：表达可能性的句型
1.Maybe you lost the money on your way home.Or maybe you lent the money to one of your friends but you forgot about it.
2.You probably lost the money on your way home.
3.It\'s even poible that you lost the money on your way home.
4.It\'s likely that you lost the money on your way home.
5.There\'s also another poibility that you lost the money on your way home.
关键句型二：表达安慰的句型
1.Take it easy.
2.It\'s no big deal.
3.It\'s nothing to worry about.
4.Don\'t be such a crybaby.
5.Don\'t worry (about it).
Leon 10
关键句型一：表示负责某事的句型
1.Today our teacher put me in charge of the wall newspaper in my cla.
2.I will take charge of the wall newspaper in my cla.
3.I will be in charge of the wall newspaper in my cla.
4.I will take over the wall newspaper in my cla.
5.I was aigned to take charge of the wall newspaper in my cla.
6.I\'m responsible for the wall newspaper in my cla.
关键句型二;表达决定、决心的句型
1.I decided to complete the task.
2.I\'m determined to complete the task.
3.I\'ve fixed on completing the task.
4.I have made up my mind to complete the task.
5.I\'ve make a decision to complete the task.
关键句型三：表达计划的句型
1.I\'m thinking of reporting some events that happened around us on the wall newspaper.
2.I will report some events that happened around us on the wall newspaper.
3.I\'m going to report some events that happened around us on the wall newspaper.
4.I plan to report some events that happened around us on the wall newspaper.
5.I intend to report some events that happened around us on the wall newspaper.
6.I propose to report some events that happened around us on the wall newapaper.Leon 11
关键句型一：表达看法的句型
1.some of them think that it is neceary to start learning English from childhood.
2.Some of the students point out that it is good to start learning English from childhood.
3.Some of them hold the idea that it is neceary to start learning English at an early age.
4.Their point of view is that it is neceary to start learning English from childhood.
5.In those people\'s opinion, it is good to start learning English at ah early age.
6.Some of them argue that it is a good idea to start learning English from childhood.
关键句型二：表示支持的句型
1.Some of them agree with the idea that English learning should start early I childhood.
2.Some of them are for the idea that English learning should start early in childhood.
3.Some students think that it is right to start learning English from childhood.
4.Some students think it is a good idea to learn English from a young age.
5.Some students consider it reasonable to learn English from childhood.
【reasonable adj.合理的;有道理的】
6.Some people are in favor of learning English from a young age.
7.Some of them approve of the idea that it is good to start learning English from childhood.
【approve of: 赞成;满意】
8.Some students think that there is something to the notion that English learning should start at a young age.【notion n.观念;想法】
关键句型三：表示反对的句型
1.Some of them don\'t think that it is a good idea to start learning English at an early age.
2.Other students are opposed to the idea that children should start learning English at a young age.
3.Other students don\'t think it is suitable for the children to start learning English at a young age.
4.Some of them are against the idea that it is neceary to learn English from childhood.
5.Other students disapprove of the idea that it is neceary to learn English from childhood.
【disapprove of : 反对】
6.Other students disagreed with the idea that it is neceary to learn English from childhood.
7.But others do not agree with the idea that it is neceary to learn English from childhood.
8.Some of the students would not like to give their support to the idea that it is neceary to learn English from childhood.
Leon 12
关键句型：提出建议的句型
1.You can use your pocket money in this way.
2.I think you should use your pocket money in this way.
3.I think you can use your pocket money on these things.
4.You might as well use your pocket money in this way.
5.You\'d better use your pocket money in this way.
6.It\'s a good idea to use your pocket money on these things.
7.I think it\'ll do you good to use your pocket money on these things.
8.I suggest that you should use your pocket money on these things.
9.I would advise you to use your pocket money in this way.
Leon 13
关键句型一：过去进行时的句型
1.At about 9 o\'clock last night, I was doing my homework.
2.I was doing some washing when you called me last night.
3.He was listening to the English tape when someone knocked at the door.
4.Mother was preparing for supper when I went back home from school yesterday afternoon.
关键句型二：提出要求的句型
1.Could you please turn your TV down a bit?
2.Would you please turn your TV down a bit?
3.Do you mind turning down your TV a little bit?
4.Could you poibly turn your TV down a bit?
5.Do you think it would be poible to turn your TV down a bit?
6.I would appreciate it if you could turn your TV down a bit.
【I would appreciate it if…如果……我净很感激。】
关键句型三;道歉的句型
1.I\'m awfully sorry that I have disturbed you.
2.I\'m really sorry to have disturbed you.
3.I\'m terribly sorry for disturbing you.
4.I do apologize for disturbing you.
5.A thousand pardons for disturbing you.
6.I can\'t tell you how sorry I am for disturbing you.
Leon 14
关键句型一：一般过去时的句型
1.There was a park near our school.
2.Lots of students took part in the lecture yesterday.
3.I spent my summer vacation in Shanghai last year.
4.The firemen arrived, and soon the fire was under control.
5.Last Saturday evening, I went to the movies with some friends.
6.Soon two policemen in a police car came and arrested the thief.
关键句型二：表示感谢的句型)
1.The woman thanked the old man.
2.The woman sent her thanks to the old man.
3.The woman felt very grateful to the old man.
4.The woman appreciated the old man very much.
5.The woman expreed her appreciation to the old man.
6.The woman expreed her gratitude for the old man\'s help.
【gratitude n.感激;谢意】
Leon 15
关键句型一：表达目的的句型
1.The purposes of the program are to make our school more beautiful.
2.We are carrying out this program in order to make our school more beautiful.
3.We are going to carry out this program so as to make our school more beautiful.
4.We\'re trying to create a more beautiful environment for the students.
5.We aim to create a more beautiful environment for the students.
关键句型二;表示规划的句型
1.Our school had started on a new program to make the campus more beautiful.
2.Our school is staring a new program to make the campus more beautiful.
3.The program involves planting trees, building a garden, and decorating the campus.
4.The program will be put into action by us planting trees, building a garden, and decorating the campus.
5.It\'s included in the program that student artwork will decorate the halls of our school.
6.The program calls for a garden to be built for us to visit and relax.
7.In this program, we will set aside a quiet gray area where we can rest and do some reading.
8.We will carry out the program by setting aside a quiet gray area for us to rest and do some reading.
9.According to the program, we will plant different kinds of trees, flowers and gra in and around our school.
关键句型三：欢迎到访的句型
1.Welcome to visit our school.
2.If you are free, do come and visit our school.
3.I hope you get the chance to visit our school.
4.You are welcome to visit our school if you have the chance.
5.We would like you to visit our school whenever it is convenient for you.
Leon 16
关键句型一：表示\"到某地度假\"的句型
1.I will spend this summer holiday / vacation in the countryside.
【英式英语中说\"holiday\",美式英语中说\"vacation\".】
2.I\'m going to the countryside during the summer vacation.
3.I will go to the countryside for vacation this summer.
关键句型二：表达不足的句型
1.There are still some shortcomings to living in the urban area.
2.There are still some disadvantages to living in the city.
3.There are still some problems to living in the urban area.
4.Life in an urban center brings its own set of problems.
5.Life in the city is far from perfect.
6.Urban life has it\'s downside.
7.Life for city-dwellers is not all peaches and cream.
Leon 17
关键句型一：表示\"位于……\"的句型( )
1.The city is on the banks of the Yangtze River.
2.The city lies on the banks of the Yangtze River.
3.The city stands on the banks of the Yangtze River.
4.The city is located on the banks of the Yangtze River.
5.The city is situated on the banks of the Yangtze River.
6.The location of the city is on the banks of the Yangtze River.
关键句型二：表示取得发展的句型
1.Its economic status has improved a lot for the past ten years.
2.Its economy has been growing very fast for the past ten years.
3.Its economy has been developing rapidly for the past ten years.
4.The city has made rapid progre in its economy for the past ten years.
关键句型三：表达看法的句型
1.In my view, Jiang Cheng should develop its economy scientifically.
2.As far as I\'m concerned, Jiang Cheng should develop its economy scientifically.
3.In my opinion, Jiang Cheng should develop its economy scientifically.
4.I think that Jiang Cheng should develop its economy scientifically.
5.From my point of view, Jiang Cheng should develop its economy scientifically.
6.As I see it, Jiang Cheng should develop its economy scientifically.
Leon 18
关键句型一：表达推荐的句型
1.I suggest that you buy the following two dictionaries.
2.I\'d like to recommend the following two dictionaries.
3.I\'d like to introduce the following two dictionaries to you.
4.I believe the following two dictionaries will surely do you good.
5.I think the following two dictionaries are good for you to study Chinese.
关键句型二：表示包含的句型
1.It has 18,000 English words and 20,000 Chinese words.
2.It records a large number of words.
3.It contains a vocabulary of 10,000 words.
4.It consists of a great number of words, notes and sample sentences.
5.Many notes telling you how to use words are included in the dictionary.
关键句型三：描述特点的句型
1.The English-Chinese / Chinese-English Dictionary is really a good one for beginners.
2.The Xinhua Dictionary is the most widely used Chinese dictionary.
3.The Xinhua Dictionary is the most popular Chinese dictionary.
4.It may be useful to some advanced learners of Chinese.
【advanced adj.高级的;先进的】
5.It suits the advanced learners of Chinese.
Leon 19
关键句型一：描述房子的句型
1.It\'s a small apartment, about 25 square meters, with a sitting room, a bathroom, a bathroom and a kitchen.
2.It\'s a small apartment, consisting of a sitting room, a bedroom, a bathroom and a kitchen.
3.In the sitting room, you can see a coffee table, a sofa, a TV set and a stereo.
4.In the bedroom, there is a bed, a sofa, a desk and a chair.
关键句型二：描述\"房租多少\"的句型
1.The rent is 500 yuan per month.
2.You should pay 500 yuan a month for the apartment.
3.You\'ll have to pay 500 yuan a month in rent.
4.The apartment will cost you 500 yuan per month.
5.The landlord will charge you 500 yran every month.
6.The apartment will set you back 500 yuan a month.
Leon 20
关键词一：be going to 打算(做某事);计划(做某事)
1.I am going to enjoy myself over the vacation.
2.I\'m going to spend my summer vacation by the sea.
3.I\'m going to take part in the summer camp.
关键词二：for example 例如
1.You\'ll have a lot of fun by the sea, For example, you can swim in the sea, play in the sand and collect seashells.
2.There are many topics you can write about in your composition.For example, you can talk bout your favorite sport or your favorite song.Leon 21
关键句型一：表示\"收费/免费\"的句型
1.The ticket for entering the park is 50 RMB.
2.It will cost you 50 yuan to enter that park.
3.It used to be free to enter the park.
4.They believe a public park should be free of charge.
5.An entrance fee will be charged for the park from next month.
【李阳老师额外奉献：表示收费的其他句型】
1.The bill for the dinner is 120 yuan.
2.The tuition for this semester is 1500 yuan.
3.He was fined 200 RMB for violation of traffic regulation.
【fine v.罚款 violation n.违反(法律等);违背 regulation n.规则;法令】
关键句型二：表示看法的句型
1.In their opinions, the fees should be low.
2.They think that the fees should be low.
3.They believe that the fees should be low.
4.They are convinced that the fees should be low.
5.They suggest that the fees should be low.
关键句型三：表示\"影响(城市形象)\"的说法)
1.It will become neceary to build gates and walls, which will make the city le attractive.
2.It will become neceary to build gates and walls, which will do harm to the appearance of a city.
3.It is certainly harmful to the appearance of a city if everyone litters wherever they like.
4.It is not good for the appearance of a city to have such a lake full of rubbish.
5.The city\'s appearance will suffer from the increase in pollution.
6.Some factories pour wastewater into the river, which will diminish the beauty of a city.
7.It really takes away from the beauty of a city to have such filth everywhere.
【take away from: 减损 filth n.垃圾;污物】
Leon 22
关键句型一：描述激动心情的句型
1.I was very excited when I heard that Beijing won the bid for the 2008 Olympic Games.
2.How exciting that Beijing won the bid for the 2008 Olympic Games!
3.I couldn\'t restrain my excitement when I heard that Beijing won the bid for the 2008 Olympic Games.
4.How marvelous that Beijing won the bid for the 2008 Olympic Games!
5.How wonderful to hear that Beijing won the bid for the 2008 Olympic Games!
6.I\'m in a great mood on hearing that Beijing won the bid for the 2008 Olympic Games.
7.It\'s breathtaking that Beijing won the bid for the 2008 Olympic Games.
关键句型二：表示\"决定做某事\"的句型(
1.After a brief discuion we decided to put up a wall newspaper for our cla.
2.After a brief discuion we made a decision to put up a wall newspaper for our cla.
3.After a brief discuion we fixed on putting up a wall newspaper for our cla.
4.After a brief discuion we made up our minds to put up a wall newspaper for our cla.
5.After a brief discuion we set our minds on putting up a wall newspaper for our cla.
6.After a brief discuion we reached a decision that we should put up a wall newspaper for our cla.
关键句型三：描述惊喜的句型
1.Our clamates were surprised and overjoyed when they say the wall newspaper.
2.Our clamates were pleasantly surprised when they saw the wall newspaper.
3.It was really a surprise to our clamates when they saw the wall newspaper.
4.It was really amazing that there was a wall newspaper in the claroom.
5.It was beyond their expectations to see the wall newspaper, and all of them were extremely happy/
Leon 23
关键句型：表示过去与现在的对比的句型(
1.I had to work on weekends doing endle homework and attending claes in the past.However, things have changed a lot now.I have more free time.
2.I used to have to work even on weekends doing endle homework and attending claes.Now I have more free time.
3.In the past, I had to work on weekends doing endle homework and attending claes.But now I have more free time.
4.It\'s quite different now.I used to have to work even on weekends doing endle homework and attending claes, but now I have more free time.
5.It\'s not like it used to be at all.Now I have more free time.
6.I have more free time than before.
Leon 24
关键句型一：表示事情发生的句型
1.The traffic accident happened on February 8,2000.
2.The event took place early in the morning on February 8,2000.
3.The croroad where 3rd meets Park Street was where it happened.
4.There was a traffic at the intersection of 3rd and Park.
5.It occurred on the corner of 3rd and Park.
关键句型二：表示\"观察;注意\"的句型
1.I paid attention to the car\'s license plate.
2.I noticed the plate number was AC864.
3.I got a look at his license plate.The number was AC864.
4.I got his license plate number.
Leon 25
关键句型一：宣布举行活动的句型
1.The Student Union has decided to organize a music week.
2.The Student Union will hold a music week.
3.A music week will be held by the Student Union.
4.We will have a music week held by the Student Union.
5.There will be a music week held by the Student Union.
关键句型二：表达\"活动包含……\"的句型
1.The activities will include singing pop songs and playing claical & folk music.
2.Among the activities there will be pop singing and claical & folk performances.
3.Singing pop songs and playing claical & folk music will be just some of the activities offered.
4.There will be many kinds of activities including singing pop songs and playing claical & folk music.
5.We will have abundant activities during the music week, such as dinging pop songs and playing claical & folk music.
【abundant adj.丰富的;充裕的】
关键句型三;关于报名的句型
1.If you would like to join us, please tell us before April 20th.
2.If you\'d like to take part in the music week, please let us know before April 20th.
3.Those who are interested, please make sure you are on our list by April 20th.
4.If interested, please come and sign up for it before April 20th.
5.All wishing to participate please register before April 20th.
6.April 20th is the deadline to sign up.
Leon 26
关键句型一：告诉某人某事的句型
1.Do you know what has happened in my school?
2.Let me tell you a few things about my school.
3.I\'d like to let you know something about my school.
5.I am writing to tell you something about my school.
6.I would like you to know something about my school.
关键句型二：表示\"发生变化\"的句型
1.Quite a few changes have taken place.
2.Quite a few changes have occurred.
3.Our school has experienced great changes.
4.Many changes have happened at our school.
5.Many changes have been made at our school.
6.Our school has gone through quite a few changes.
【go through: 经历;经受】
7.There are quite a few changes that have taken place.
关键句型三：描述方位的句型
1.Our school is opposite to the new post office.
2.On one side of the river there is a row of trees.
3.I will wait for you in front of the gate of the park.
4.On the other side now stands a new movie theater.
5.We have made a lot of improvements on and around the campus.
Leon 27
关键词一：give sb.a warm welcome 热烈欢迎某人
1.When we visited the factory, the workers there gave us a warm welcome.
当我们到工厂参观的时候，那里的工人们热烈地欢迎我们。
2.When I got to Mary\'s house, her family gave me a warm welcome.
当我去到玛丽家的时候，她一家人热烈地欢迎我。
3.Let\'s give a warm welcome to Profeor Li.
让我们热烈欢迎李教授。
关键词二：show sb.around 带领某人参观……
1.The farmers showed us around the farm.
农民们带我们参观了农场。
2.This afternoon, I will show you around the city.
今天下午，我会带你参观这城市。
关键词三：have fun doing sth.做某事很愉快。
1.Yesterday, we had great fun playing basketball.
昨天，我们条篮球打得很愉快。
2.Did you have great fun spending your vacation in the countryside?
你是不是在乡村度过了一个非常愉快的假期?
Leon 28
关键词一：point to 指向;指着
1.While talking to us, the young man pointed to a policeman not far away.
那个年轻人跟我们说话的时候，指着不远处的一个警察。
2.He pointed to that oil painting and told us about its history.
他指着那幅油画，向我们介绍它的历史。
关键词二：explain v.解释;说明
1.The young man explained why they stopped us.
那个年轻人解释人与人之间为什么拦下我们。
2.He explained the reason why he was made to catch the offenders.
他解释他被要求抓违章者的原因。
3.She explained that her bus hadn\'t come up on time.
她解释说她要乘坐的公交车没有按时到达。
Leon 29
关键句型一：表示\"学习课程\"的句型
1.Among the subjects I studied in school were Chinese, math, English, physics, chemistry and computers.
2.The main subjects I studied at school included Chinese, math, English, physics, chemistry and computers.
3.I studied many different subjects at school including Chinese, math, English, physics, chemistry and computers.
4.There are many subjects I studied at school, such as Chinese, math, English, physics, chemistry and computers.
5.I studied lots of different stuff in school, including, but not limited to, Chinese, math, English, physics, chemistry and computers.【非常正式】
关键句型二：表示特长的句型
1.I like English and computers best, and I am very good at them.
2.I like English best, and I always got high grades on the English exams.
3.My strengths lie in English and computers.
【strength n.力量;长处;优点】
4.My best subjects were English and computers.
5.I did very well in English and computer claes.
6.English and computers are my areas of expertise.
【expertise n.专门知识;专门技能】
7.I\'d say I am quite proficient at English and computers.【proficient adj.熟练的;精通的】 关键句型三：表达爱好的句型 1.I like / love playing guitar best.2.In my spare time, I enjoy listening to popular music and collecting stamps.3.I\'m interested in collecting stamps.4.I\'m really fond of skating in winter.5.My favorite sports are swimming in summer and skating in winter.6.I adore listening to popular music.7.I\'m crazy about sports.8.I find great pleasure in listening to pop music.9.I like nothing better than swimming.Leon 30 关键词一：hold (a meeting / party / contest) 举办/召开(会议/聚会/比赛等) 1.The Student Union is going to hold a party on Saturday evening.学生会计划在星期六晚上举办一个晚会。
2.A meeting will be held to discu how to cope with this problem.3.Our cla will hold an English contest next Friday.我们班下周五将举行一次英语竞赛。 关键词二：welcome v.欢迎
1.The Student Union is going to hold a party to welcome our friends from the United States.学生会打算举行一个聚会来欢迎来自美国的朋友。
2.A performance will be put on this evening to welcome the freshmen in our university.【freshman n.新生;大学一年级新生】
为了欢迎我们大学里的新生，今晚将举行一场表演。 3.My mother prepared a big meal to welcome my clamates.为了欢迎我的同学，妈妈准备了丰盛的晚餐。 关键词三：exchange (gift)交换(礼物等) 1.At the end of the party, students are supposed to exchange gifts.在晚会的最后，学生们将交换礼品。
2.We can use the Internet to exchange information with other people in no time.【in no time: 立刻;几乎马上地】
我们可以通过因特网迅速地和别人交换信息。
3.In Mr.Li\'s cla, we are encouraged to exchange our ideas with each other.在李老师的课上，他鼓励我们相互交流想法。 关键词四：wrap sth.Up 包裹(某物);包装(某) 1.Remember to wrap it up, sign your name and write a few words of good wishes.记住把它包装好，签上名，并写上一些祝福的语句
2.Wrap the rubbish up with the old newspaper and throw it away, please.请用旧报纸把垃圾包好扔掉。
3.The birthday present for Daisy has been wrapped up.给戴西的生日礼物已经包好了。
第20篇：英语句型
句型宝典
疑问句型 What is this? 结构︰问句：What＋be 动词＋this（that„）？
答句：This（that„）＋be 动词＋a book（pen„）。
说明︰此句型意为“这（那）是什么？这（那）是书（钢笔„）”。what（什么）叫做“疑问词”，用于询问“事物”，通常放在句首，后接 be ，再接，第一个字母 w要大写，句尾要加问号(?)，位置不可排错。
What is this? This is a chair. 这是什么？这是一张椅子。
What’s this? It’s a book.
这是什么？它是一本书。
What is that? That is a desk. 那是什么？那是一张书桌。 What are these? 结构︰问句：What are＋these／those„？
答句：These／Those are＋复数名词（＋s／es）。
说明︰与的形式要一致，is 后面接单数，are 后面要接复数。
What are these? These are books.
这些是什么？这些是书。
What are those? Those are cups.
那些是什么？那些是茶杯。
What are they? They are glaes.
它们是什么？它们是玻璃杯。 What are you? 结构︰问句：What＋be 动词＋主词（人）„？
答句：主词＋be 动词＋a student„。
说明︰此句型意为“你是做什么事情的？我是学生„”。疑问词 what 除了询问事物之外，还可用于询问“人的职业或身分”。be 随的变化而改变形态，如：I am，we are，you are，he is„。
What are you? I am a student.
你是做什么事情的？我是一名学生。
What is she? She is a teacher.
她是做什么事情的？她是一名教师。 Are you a ...? 结构︰问句：Be 动词（am，are，is）＋主词＋„？
肯定简答：Yes，主词＋am（are，is）。
否定简答：No，主词＋am（are，is）not。
说明︰在否定中，和 am，is，are 可以缩写；在肯定中则不可。
Is he a student? Yes, he is.(No, he isn’t.)
他是学生吗？是的，他是。（不，他不是。）
Are you a teacher? Yes, I am.(No, I’m not.) 你是教师吗？是的，我是。（不，我不是。）
Is that a clock? Yes, it is.(No, it isn’t.) 那是钟表吗？是的，它是。（不，它不是。） What is your name? 结构︰问句：What＋is＋所有格＋name?
答句：所有格＋name＋is＋名字。
1 / 103 说明︰“my，your，his，her”为单数人称的；后面必接，即“＋”；不可与 a，an，this，that，these 或 those 紧接一起使用。
What is your name? My name is Sue.
妳叫什么名字？我的名字叫苏。
What is his name? His name is John.
他叫什么名字？他的名字叫约翰。
What is her name? Her name is Jean.
她叫什么名字？她的名字叫珍。 Who is that ...? 结构︰问句：Who＋be 动词＋that＋形容词＋名词？
答句：That is＋名字。
说明︰Who 是，询问人的“姓名”或“关系”；将直接放在前面，叫做“前位修饰”。
Who is that short boy? That is Bill.
那位矮男孩是谁？那位是比尔。
Who is that tall girl? That is Mary.
那位高女孩是谁？那位是玛丽。
Who is that fat man? He is my uncle. 那位胖男子是谁？那位是我叔叔。 Where is ...? 结构︰问句：Where＋be 动词（am，are，is）＋主词„？
答句：主词＋be 动词＋in the＋名词„。
说明︰问句是“Where ...?”，简答时可用“In／On the＋”。
Where is Sue? She is in her room.
苏在那里？她在她的房间里。
Where are your books? On the desk.
你的书在那里？在书桌上。
Where is your mother? She is in the kitchen.
你妈吗在哪里？她在厨房里。 Are you V-ing ...? 结构︰Am（Are，Is）＋主词＋现在分词„？
说明︰此句型意为“（人，物）正在„吗？”。这一转换的三要素是：be 移到句首；改为大写；句尾用问号。
Is Mary sleeping?
玛丽正在睡觉吗？
Are you reading a book?
你正在看书吗？
Is the dog playing?
小狗正在玩耍吗？ What are you doing? 结构︰问句：What＋am（are，is）＋主词＋现在分词？
答句：主词＋am（are，is）＋现在分词„。
说明︰“（人）正在做什么？（人）正在„”。注意：的动词只能用原形，不可造；表示“瞬间产生”的动作的，如 sit down，stand up，不可造。
What am I doing? You are reading a book.
我正在做什么？ 你正在阅读一本书。
What are the girls doing? They are singing.
姑娘们正在做什么？ 她们在唱歌。
What is Bill writing? He is writing a letter.
比尔在写什么？ 他在写一封信。 How old are you?
2 / 103 结构︰问句：How old＋be 动词＋主词（某人）？
答句：主词（某人）＋be 动词＋year(s) old。
说明︰此句型意为“某人几岁？某人是„岁”。该句型中，要用 how，不可用 what；且 be （am，is，are）要和后面的(某人)配合；答句中的“year(s) old”可以省略。
How old are you? I am twelve (years old).
你几岁？我十二岁。
How old is your sister? She is thirteen years old.
你的姊妹几岁？她十三岁。
How old is John? He is one year old. 约翰几岁？他一岁。 What time is it? 结构︰问句：What time is it？
答句：It is＋数字＋o’clock。
说明︰此句型意为“现在是几点钟？现在是„点钟”。问句中 what 当，修饰后面的 time；time 当时间解时，只能用单数，不可用复数。
What time is it? It is ten o’clock.
现在是几点钟？现在是十点钟。
What time is it? It is six o’clock.
现在是几点钟？现在是六点钟。
What time is it? It is nine o’clock.
现在是几点钟？现在是九点钟。 Do you + V ...? 结构︰问句：Do／Does＋主词＋原形动词„？
肯定简答：Yes，主词＋do／does。
否定简答：No，主词＋don’t／doesn’t。
说明︰肯定句中，如有一般（speak，work，teach„），则在句首加 do 或 does，并将一般改为原形（不加s或es），即构成。
Do you speak English? Yes, I do.(No, I don’t.)
你讲英语吗？是的，我讲英语。（不，我不讲英语。）
Does she have a cat? Yes, she does.(No, she doesn’t.)
她有一只猫吗？是的，她有一只猫。（不，她没有一只猫。）
Do they work in office? Yes, they do.(No, they don’t.)
他们在办公室里工作吗？是的，他们在办公室里工作。（不，他们不在办公室里工作。） What time do you + V ...? 结构︰问句：What time＋do／does＋主词＋原形动词„？
答句：主词（某人）＋一般动词„＋时间。
说明︰此句型意为“某人几点做某事？” do 或 does 的选择依而定，若为第三人称单数，用 does；其它用 do。
What time do you get up? I usually get up at six. 你几点起床？我通常六点起床。
What time does he go to bed? He usually goes to bed at ten.他几点就寝？他通常十点就寝。
What time does your cla begin? It begins at eight-ten.
你的课几点开始？八点十分开始。 What day is today?
结构︰问句：What day is today？
3 / 103
答句：It’s＋Sunday／Monday／„。
说明︰此句型意为“今天是星期几？今天是星期日／星期一／„。”it 可用于指“星期的名称”，但 this或 that 不可以；一星期七天的名称，都是，开头的首字母要大写，前面不加。
What day is today? It’s Sunday.
今天是星期几？今天是星期日。
What day is today? It’s Wednesday.
今天是星期几？今天是星期三。
What day is today? It’s Saturday.
今天是星期几？今天是星期六。 How many N are there ...结构︰问句：How many＋复数名词＋are there in／on＋名词？
答句：There is／are＋单数（复数）名词＋in／on＋名词。
说明︰此句型意为“在某处有多少„？在某处有„。”该句型中，many 修饰复数；又因本句型是 ，故用 are there，不可用 there are。
How many seasons are there in a year? There are four seasons in a year.
一年有几个季节？ 一年有四季。
How many days are there in a week? There are seven days in a week.
一星期有几天？ 一星期有七天。
How many leons are there in this book? There are twelve leons in this book.
这本书里有几课？ 这本书里有十二课。 How many ...do you have? 结构︰问句：How many＋复数名词＋do／does＋主词＋have？
答句：主词＋have／has„＋复数名词＋„。
答句：主词＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋复数名词„。
说明︰“How many”后面接复数，复数的前面可用 many，a lot of，a few，some，few，any，no 等修饰。
How many books do you have? I have a lot of books.(I don’t have any books.)
你有几本书？ 我有许多书。（我没有书。）
How many sweaters do you have? I have three sweaters.(I don’t have any sweaters.)
你有几件毛衣？ 我有三件毛衣。（我没有毛衣。）
How many friends does she have? She has a lot of friends.(She doesn’t have many friends.)
她有几个朋友？ 她有许多朋友。（她没有许多朋友。） How much ...do you have? 结构︰问句：How much＋单数不可数名词＋do／does＋主词＋have？
答句：主词＋have／has„＋单数不可数名词。
答句：主词＋don’t／doesn’t have„＋单数不可数名词。
说明︰“How much”后面接单数，单数前面可用 much， a little，some，little，any，no 等修饰。
How much tea does he have? He has a lot of tea.(He doesn’t have any tea.)
4 / 103
他有多少茶？ 他有很多茶。（他没有茶。）
How much homework do they have? They have a lot of homework.(They don’t have much homework.) 他们有多少家庭作业？ 他们有许多家庭作业。（他们没有许多家庭作业。）
How much fruit do they have? They have a lot of fruit.(They don’t have a lot of fruit.)
他们有多少水果？ 他们有许多水果。（他们没有许多水果。） How much do(es) ...cost? 结构︰How much do（es）＋某物＋cost„？
说明︰此句型意为“某物值多少钱？”。how much 用来询问商品的价格。还可以写作：“How much＋ be ＋某物？"。
How much does this computer cost? (=How much is this computer?)这部计算机值多少钱？
How much do the vegetables cost? 这些蔬菜值多少钱？
How much do the movie tickets cost? 这些电影票值多少钱？ Did ...V ...结构︰Did＋主词＋原形动词＋„过去时间？
说明︰将肯定句中的过去式改为“Did＋原形”，并将 Did 放在句首，句尾用问号，即构成过去式的。
Did he clean the room yesterday? 他昨天打扫房间吗？
Did she wash the skirt yesterday? 她昨天洗这裙子吗？
Did your brother play in the park this morning? 你弟弟今天上午在公园玩耍吗？
Did he eat lunch yesterday? 他昨天吃午饭吗？
Did you see any elephants in the zoo last week? 上星期你在动物园里看到大象了吗？
Did Sue have her breakfast at eight? 苏在八点钟吃过早餐了吗？ Do you ever + V ...? 结构︰问句：Do／Does＋主词＋ever＋原形动词„？
答句：No，主词＋never＋一般动词（加s或es）„。
说明︰ever 通常用于，never 通常用于否定回答；never 也可放在句首，后接原形 ，形成否定，如例句4。
Do you ever use a computer? No, I never use a computer.你曾经使用计算机吗？不，我未曾使用过计算机。
Does Tom ever get up late? No, Tom never gets up late.
汤姆曾经晚起床吗？不，汤姆未曾晚起床过。
Does Sally ever play the piano? No, Sally never plays the piano.
萨莉曾经弹钢琴吗？不，萨莉未曾弹过钢琴。
Never be late for school, Bill. 比尔，上学绝不可迟到。 What year was he born in? 结构︰What date／year＋was／were＋主词＋born＋on／in？
5 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“你出生于几月几日（那一年）？”。born 是 bear 的过去，在文法上当 ，前面常有 was 或 were；中文说“某人出生”，英语应说：“某人＋was／were born„”。
What year were you born in? 你出生于那一年？
What date was your mother born on? 你母亲出生于几月几日？
What month was your sister born in? 你妹妹出生于几月？ What will you do on ...? 结构︰What will／did＋主词＋do＋on＋时间？
说明︰此句型意为“某人在某时间将做什么？（未来式）某人在某时做了什么事？（过去式）”。指特定的日期（如几月几日）、星期几或星期几的早上（下午，晚上），要用介系词on。
What will you do on Teacher’s Day? 你在教师节将做什么事？
What will they do on Christmas Eve? 他们在圣诞夜将做什么事？
What will Helen do on her birthday? 海伦在她生日那天将做什么事？
What did John do on New Year’s Day? 约翰在元旦做了什么事？
What did Mary do on Youth Day? 玛丽在青年节做了什么事？
What did the suspect do on July ninth? 嫌疑犯在七月九日做了什么事情？ How do you + V ...? 结构︰问句：How＋do＋主词＋一般动词„？
答句：主词＋一般动词„＋情状副词。
说明︰How 是问情况的，表示“怎样„？”。用于说明“状态或性质”的副词，称为 。当用来修饰时，位于其后；当用来修饰时，位于的前面或后面。
How did you do your work? I did my work happily.你怎样做你的工作？ 我很快乐地做了我的工作。
How did Mrs.Lin look at Mr.Lin? She looked at Mr.Lin coldly.
林太太怎样注视林先生？ 她冷漠地注视林先生。
How does Mr.Wang drive his taxi? He drives his taxi carefully.
王先生怎样驾驶他的出租车？ 他小心地驾驶他的出租车。 You are ..., aren’t you?
结构︰肯定句，＋否定式助动词＋主词？
说明︰这是一种反意，其结构特点是：第一部分是肯定式，第二部分就用否定式。直述句的是时，附加问句的要用代替：it 代替 this， that，(当)或(当)等；they 代替 these，those， people 等。下列的否定缩写式较易弄错：will not－>won’t；would not－>wouldn’t；should not－>shouldn’t；can not－>can’t；could not－>couldn’t； might not－>mightn’t；ought not－>oughtn’t。直述句有一般现在式，则附加问句用 do 或 does 代替；有一般过去式，则附加问句用 did 代替。
They’re ready, aren’t they?（读降调）他们准备好了吧？（读升调）他们准备好了，不是吗？
6 / 103
Mike has a car, doesn’t he?（读降调）麦克有辆车，是吧？（读升调）麦克有辆车，不是吗？
The secretary typed the letter, didn’t she?
是秘书打了这封信，不是吗？
They will go to Europe, won’t they?
他们将去欧洲，不是吗？
You are the teacher, aren’t you?
你就是老师，不是吗？
I suppose you have been in our woods, haven’t you?我推想你在我们的森林里呆过，不是吗？
I know he had a good time last night, didn’t he? 我知道他昨天晚上玩得很愉快，不是吗？
The wall plug is broken, isn’t it?
墙上的插座坏了，不是吗？
Clean parks are beautiful, aren’t they? 干净的公园是美丽的，不是吗？
You can do it, can’t you?
你会做它，不是吗？
We should rise early, shouldn’t we?
我们应该早起，不是吗？ He isn’t ..., is he?
结构︰否定句，＋肯定式助动词＋主词？
说明︰这是另一种反意。否定结构在第一部分，第二部分就要用肯定结构。对反意的回答和对否定式一般一样，要看答句。
He isn’t a manager, is he? －- Yes, he is.(No, he isn’t.)
他不是经理，是吧？－－不，他是经理。（是的，他不是经理。）
Mike doesn’t have a car, does he? 麦克没有车，是吗？
The secretary didn’t type the letter, did she? 秘书没有打过这封信，是吗？
They won’t go to Europe, will they? 他们不会去欧洲，是吗？
You aren’t the teacher, are you?
你不是老师，是吗？
I don’t think he can answer the question, can he? 我想他无法回答这个问题，是吗？ What in the world ...? 结构︰疑问词＋in the world／on earth／ever＋其他
说明︰此句型意为“究竟„？到底„？”。这是特殊的强调说法。in the world，on earth 和 ever是强调疑问词的。
How in the world will he do it?
他到底将如何做这件事？
What in the world do you mean?
你的意思究竟是什么？
How on earth did you know it?
你到底是怎么知道的？
Who on earth told you that?
那件事究竟是谁告诉你的？
Where ever did you lose it?
你到底在哪儿丢的呀？
What in the world are they hoping for?
他们到底想要什么？ Are you ...or ...? 结构︰一般疑问句（读升调）＋or＋一般疑问句（读降调）
说明︰此句型意为“是„还是„？"。这是选择，前面都是一般，后面的问句如与前面有相同的部分，都可以省略。
Shall we come to see you or will you come to see us?
7 / 103 是我们来找你们，还是你们来找我们？
Are you from the America or from the England?
您是美国人还是英国人？
Will he go on Monday or on Tuesday?
他是星期一走还是星期二走？
Would you like coffee or tea?
你是要咖啡还是茶？ What ..., + A or B? 结构︰特殊疑问句(读降调)，＋A（读升调）or B（读降调）
说明︰这种选择使用得相当广泛，其特点是：前面的特殊已经明确地指出了要问的内容，再补充几项具体事物让对方做出肯定的答复。其语调是“降-升-降”调。
What would you like － coffee or tea?
你要什么？咖啡还是茶？
Which would you rather to buy － silk or cotton? 您想买什么？丝还是棉？
Where did you go: to Tianjin or to Beijing? 您去了哪里？天津还是北京？ When will you go to the Fair, tomorrow or some other day?
你何时去交易会？明天还是另找哪一天？ ...what/which ...结构︰主要子句＋疑问词（what／how／which／why 等）＋子句
说明︰这是间接。疑问词后面的语句采用正常词序，不采用特殊所用的倒装词序。全句末尾大多用句点，但也有用问号的。直接问句改为间接问句或间接句时，原先的要改为肯定句或的顺序；如 will，should，would， must，may，can 等，须照抄，不可去掉；如 do，does，did，必须去掉，再将它后面的原形改为适当的形式。
I’d like to know how old the manager is.
我想知道经理有多大年纪。
He inquired how it was done.
他问这事做得怎么样了。
Please advise me which item I should buy.
请问我该先买哪个品种。
Tell me why it is so important?
告诉我为什么此事这么重要？
They do not know what the words mean. 他们不知道这些字的意思是什么。
Tell me what happened yesterday. 告诉我昨天所发生的事。
What they talked about is what we want to know.他们谈论什么是我们所想要知道的事。
She washed her hair every night and measured how much it grew in a week.
她每晚洗头发，而且量量看一星期长多少。
You will never know how much your encouragement meant to me.
你决不会知道你的鼓励对我多么有意义。 ...whether / if ...结构︰主要子句＋whether／if＋子句
说明︰此句型意为“„是否„”。口语中使用 if 较为普遍。如果子句中带有 or not 等词，则只能用 whether；另外，whether 不能引导否定的间接，而 if 则可以。
He asked me the question whether the price was too high. 他问我价格是否太高。
They asked him whether the quality is fine or not. 他们问他质量是否好。
8 / 103
Tell me whether you like this color. 告诉我你喜不喜欢这种颜色。
Tell me if it doesn’t rain. 告诉我是否下不了雨。
Ask him if it is true.
问他那是不是真的。
I wonder if he is in the school. 我想知道他是否在学校。 Do you know if/where ...结构︰一般疑问句＋疑问词（what／where／when 等）＋子句
说明︰此句为双重。疑问词后面采用正常词序，不用倒装词序。
Can you tell me where the teacher has gone? 你能告诉我老师到哪里去了吗？
Have you any idea where he comes from? 他是哪里人，您知道不知道？
Do you know if they like this new item? 你知道他们是否喜欢这个新品种？
Do you know who wants to go with me? 你知道谁想跟我一起去吗？
Do you know when the train will leave? 你知道火车何时开吗？
Can you tell me how much you earn a month? 你能告诉我你一个月赚多少吗？ He is ..., is he? 结构︰肯定式陈述句＋肯定式反问句
说明︰这种疑问的前后一致，都是肯定式结构。后一部分进一步强调前一部分的内容，是不需要回答的一种修辞方式。
We are old friends, not strangers, right?
我们是老朋友了，不是陌生人，是吗？
He’s a capable busineman, is he?
他是一位很有能力的业务员，可不是吗？
So you come importing Chinese textiles, do you? 原来你是来进口中国纺织品的，是么？
So you’ve been to Shanghai, have you? 原来你去过上海，是吧？ ...what ...? 结构︰„疑问词（在句中任何位置上）„
说明︰疑问词不是位于句子开头，而是在句子中任何位置上，这种方法十分简单，因此在口语中经常出现。
Two times what number makes ten? 什么数的两倍是十？
You will go where?
你要到哪里去？
You are twenty-what this year?
你今年二十几岁？
He’s your who? 他是你什么人？ What/How about + N/V-ing? 结构︰What／How about＋名词／动名词？
说明︰此句型意为“„如何？”。这是征求对方意见或提议的委婉说法。
What about the name Smith? 史密斯这个名字怎么样？
What about going to a movie? 去看场电影如何？
What about lending me some money?
借点钱给我如何？
What about washing the car on Sunday?
礼拜天洗车怎么样？
How about the others? 剩余的怎么样？
9 / 103
How about a drink? 来一杯吧？
How about a cup of coffee at a nearby coffee shop? 去附近的咖啡屋喝杯咖啡吧？ What if ...? 结构︰What if＋主词＋动词
说明︰此句型意为“如果„的话怎么办呢？”。但经常用于反语，有时也变成“即使„也没关系”之意。
What if it is true?
如果这是真的又该如何呢？
What if he doesn’t agree? 如果他不同意该怎么办呢？
What if he comes back now? 如果他现在回来怎么办？
What if the boy’s parents should die? 如果那男孩的父母死了该怎么办呢？
What if I fail! 即使我失败了又怎样！ What ...for? 结构︰What＋助动词＋主词＋动词„＋for？
说明︰此句型意为“为什么„？”。相当于“For what„？”
What are you running for? 你为什么在跑步？
What do you want it for?
你为什么要那个？
What did they go there for? 他们为什么去那里？ How else ...? 结构︰How else＋助动词＋主词＋助动词？ 说明︰此句型意为“„还有别的方法吗？”。
How else should a father in this modern world expre his affection and concern for his own son?
现代这个世界上，父亲还应该有别的方法来对自己的儿子表示爱护和关心吗？
How else can the doctor save him?
医院还有别的方法可以救他吗？
How else can I apologize for her?
我还能有别的方法可以向她道歉吗？ 假设法句型
If + Present Tense ..., S + will/shall + V ...结构︰If＋现在式„，S＋未来式„
说明︰if 子句用现在式，表示须具备的条件，主句用未来式表示可能的结果，整句含意为“如果„，那么„”。will 用于所有的人称，在 I 和 we 之后可用 shall 代替 will。若主句的主词为 I 或 we 时，可以用 shall 代替 will。像 if neceary（如果需要），if poible（如果可能），if so（如果这样）等固定词组实际上是省略了的 if 子句。
If I lose my job, I will/shall go abroad.
如果我失业了，我就出国。
If I have a headache, I will take an aspirin.
如果我头痛，我就服一片阿斯匹林。
If it rains, we will stay at home. 如果下雨，我们将待在家里。
If the weather clears, we’ll go for a walk. 如果天晴，我们就去散步。
If the weather doesn’t clear, we won’t go for a walk. 如果天不晴，我们就不去散步。
Inflation may be rising, if (it is) so, prices will go up.
10 / 103 通货膨胀率可能上升。如果是这样，物价就会上涨。
If poible, She wants to go with us.
可能的话，她想跟我们一起去。
Sterling may fall, if (this should be) so, interest rates will rise.
英国货币可能贬值，如果果真如此，利率就会上升。 If + Present Tense ..., S + Modal Verb ...结构︰If + 现在式，主词＋情态助动词
说明︰本句型实为句型之变体。之所以用情态助动词，主要是因为说话者对可能的结果不是太肯定或者是想表达例如必要的意思。
If it is fine tomorrow, we can go out.
如果明天天气好，我门可以出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we could go out.
如果明天天气好，我门能够出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we may go out.
如果明天天气好，我门可能出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we might go out.
如果明天天气好，我门可能出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we should go out.
如果明天天气好，我门宜于出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we ought to go out.
如果明天天气好，我门宜于出门。
If it is fine tomorrow, we must go out. 如果明天天气好，我门必须出门。 If I should ..., Imperative Sentence.结构︰If I＋should ...＋祈使语气
说明︰代替，增加了条件的不确定性。本句型常用在想礼貌地提出要求或建议，或者想圆通地告诉他人该做什么事的场合。用 should 起始句子即可不用 if 而表示条件。这种用法比较正式，常用于诸如公函之中，而不用于日常会话。
If you should see him, please give him my regards. 如果你见到他，请代我向他致意。
Should you see him, please give him my regards. 如果你见到他，请代我向他致意。
If you should happen to see him, please give him my regards.如果你万一见到他，请代我向他致意。
Should you happen to see him, please give him my regards.
如果你万一见到他，请代我向他致意。
If you should write to her, send her my love.
如果你给她写信，请代我向她问候。
Should you not wish our agent to call, please let us know.
你若不希望我们的代理人去造访，请告之。
Should you be interested in our offer, please contact us.你若对我们的报价感兴趣，请与我们联系。 If I should ..., I will ...结构︰If„should„，„would（will）／should（shall）等＋原形动词
说明︰这是表示与未来事实相反的假设，if 要用 should，译成“万一”。should可置于前，将 if 省略。的则视可能性做变化：若可能性低，则为过去式，若可能性高，则为现在式。should 可以提前，而将 if 省略。
11 / 103
If he should come, I would tell him the truth.
万一他来，我会把真相告诉他。
If he should come, I will tell him the truth.
万一他来，我一定会把真相告诉他。
Should the boy come again, I would throw him out. 要是那男孩在来，我就把他撵出去。
If it should rain, our plan would be spoiled. 万一下雨，我们的计划就泡汤了。
Should that be true, the contract would be canceled.假如那是真的，合约就该取消。
Should another world war break out, what would become of human beings?
万一另一次世界大战爆发，人类将会发生什么事？ If I were to ..., I ...结构︰If„were to„，„would／should 等＋原形动词
说明︰这也是表示与未来状况相反的假设，与“if ...should, ...”大致相同，但“if ...were to”所表示的可能性更低，通常用以表示“与真理相反”的。
If the sun were to rise in the west, he would pa the exam.
要是太阳从西边出来，他就会通过考试－－他不可能通过考试。
If I were to be born again, I would like to be a bird. 我要是再活一次，我想当一只鸟。
If the sun were to disappear, what would the earth be like?
万一太阳消失了，地球会变成什么样子？
Were I to die tomorrow, what would my children do?
万一明天我死了，我的孩子们将怎么办呢？ If I + V-ed, I would ...结构︰If„＋过去式动词„，主词＋过去式助动词（would／should 等）＋原形动词
说明︰这是与现在事实相反的假设句型。if 中的，不论为第几人称，一律用 were，were 可置于主词前面，而省略 if。过去式除用 should（用于第一人称）、would（用于第
二、三人称）外，还可用不分人称的 could，might 和 ought to，它们与原形结合起来构成。
If I knew his addre, I could write to him.
如果我知道他的住址，我会写信给他。
If I were free now, I might call on him. 如果我有时间，我可能会去看他。
If you were in my shoes (=Were you in my shoes), what would you do?
如果你站在我的立场，你会怎么做？
Were I rich enough, I would buy a sports car. 如果我有足够的钱，我就买一辆赛车了。
How happy I would be if I were a few inches taller! 要是我再高几寸，我会好高兴。
If I had a car, I could take her for a drive. 如果我有车， 我就带她去兜风了。
If I had binoculars, I could see that comet clearly.如果我有望远镜，我就可以清楚地看见那颗彗星。 It is time that ...结构︰It is（high）time＋（that）＋主词＋过去式动词
说明︰此句型意为“已经到了„的时间了”。过去式处有时亦使用“should＋原形”。that 也能用 to 来表示。
It is time he went to bed.
该是他睡觉的时间了。
12 / 103
It is time that you left for the duty.
该你当班了。
It is time that you reflected upon your mistakes.
该是你反省思过的时候了。
It is high time he should come to our house for dinner.已经到了他该上咱家吃晚饭的时候了。
It is time for somebody to teach you to behave yourself.该是有人教你应对进退之礼仪的时候了。 If I had V-ed, I would have ...结构︰If„had＋过去分词„，主词＋would／should 等＋have＋过去分词
说明︰这是与过去事实相反的假设。if 要用，则要用过去式（would，should，ought to，might，could）＋have＋过去。if 中的 had可置于前面，而省略 If。
If I had seen him, I would have told him the truth. 如果我当时看见他，我会告诉他实情。
I could have finished the task if I had had more time.如果当时我能有多一点时间，我就能完成这项任务。
If we had known of your departure, we would have seen you off at the airport.
如果我们事先知道你要离开，我们会到机场送行。
I someone had been with him, he might not have been drowned.
如果有人在他旁边，或许他就不会溺死。
I might have been incredulous had I not been accustomed to such responses.
若非我已经习惯了这样的回答，我可能不敢轻易相信。
Had he not apologize to her, she would not have forgiven him.
她（那时）不会原谅他，若非他道了歉。
Had he not saved me, I might have been drowned.
我可能溺死了，若非他救了我。
Had I proposed to you, would you have married me? 我要是当年向你求婚，你会答应嫁给我吗?
Had you not helped us, we should have canceled this transaction.
假如没有你的帮助，这笔生意早就告吹了。 If I had V-ed, I would ...结构︰If„had＋过去分词„，主词＋would／should 等＋原形动词＋now／today 说明︰这是不一致时的假设，亦称混合假设条件句。即：if 若与过去事实相反，用表示；而若与现在事实相反，则用过去式表示。此类句尾通常有表现在的，如 now，today 等。
If he had worked harder when young, he would be well off now.
如果他年轻时多努力一点，现在就能过得舒服些。
If I had been rich ten years ago, I could buy that house today.
如果十年前我有钱，今天我就能买下那栋房子了。
Had he told the truth, he wouldn’t be punished now.如果他当时肯说实话，现在就不会受罪了。
Had he followed the doctor’s advice, he might be alive now.
13 / 103
当时他要是听了医生的建议，现在可能还活着。 I wish ...+ V-ed ...结构︰I wish＋（that）＋主词＋动词过去式／过去完成式（had＋过去分词）„
说明︰I wish 之后以 that 为时，该的一定要用：若用过去式，表示与现在事实相反的愿望；若用，则表示与过去事实相反的愿望。“I wish＋that-”的也可用“I would rather＋that-”取代。而 I hope 之后以 that 做时，该用一般。
I wish there were meadows and lambs.
但愿有草地与小羊。
I wish I were as tall as you.
但愿我像你一样高。
I wish he could tell us. 但愿他能告诉我们。
I wish (=I would rather) he could come tomorrow. 但愿他明天能来。
I wish you had not been caught in the rain yesterday. 但愿昨天你们没有淋到雨。
I wish you had not told the truth. 但愿你没有说实话。
I wish I had known you ten years ago. 真希望十年前就已经认识你。 If only + V-ed 结构︰If only＋过去式／过去完成式
说明︰此句型意为“要是„就好了。”用过去式，表示与现在事实相反；若用，则表示与过去事实相反。
If only I had a rich father. 要是我有个有钱的爸爸就好了。
If only he had been here. 要是他当时在这儿就好了。
If only I had another chance. 要是我再有一次机会就好了。 ...as if/as though ...结构︰„as if／as though„现在式／过去式／过去完成式
说明︰此句型意为“彷佛„；好像„一样”。as if，as though 是，引导。中，可用现在式，以表示事实；也可用过去式或，分别表示与现在或过去事实相反的。
He speaks like that as if he doesn’t want to attend the meeting.他那样说话，似乎不想参加会议。
He walks as if he is drunk.
他走起路来好像他真的醉了。
He felt as if he almost wished to kill them.
他感觉彷佛几乎要杀掉他们。
The baby opened the book as if he were able to read. 这个婴儿打开书本彷佛他会念书。
The nurse attends on the patient as if he were her father.这护士照顾这位病人彷佛在照顾她爸爸似的。
He ran into the room as if he had seen something terrible.他跑进屋子，彷佛他看到什么可怕的东西。
She looks as if nothing had happened to her. 她当时看起来好像什么事都没发生似的。 It seems/looks as if ...结构︰It seems／looks as if„
说明︰此句型意为“似乎„”。本句型中的 as if 可用以表示事实，或。
14 / 103
It looks as if it is going to rain. 好像要下雨了。
It seems as if he knows everything. 他似乎是个万事通。
It seems as if he knew everything, but in reality, he is as stupid as can be.
他似乎是个万事通。其实他是再愚蠢不过了。
It looks as if she had just come back from outer space.她看起来彷佛刚从外层空间回来似的。
It seemed as if he had finished the work. 他似乎已经完成了这个工作。
It seemed as if he would never finish the work. 他似乎永远完成不了这个工作。 If it were not for ...结构︰if it were not for＋名词／子句，主词＋would／should 等＋原形动词„
说明︰此句型意为“若非（有）„”。此类句构专门用于表示与现在事实相反的。亦可用“but for＋”或“without＋”代替。were 可以提前，省略 if，如例句3。
If it were not for his presence, I would punish you. 要不是他在场，我会处罚你的。
But for your advice, I should have failed. 要不是你的忠告，我会失败的。
But for music (=Were it not for music), life would be dull. 要不是音乐，人生会很无聊。
If it were not for oxygen and nitrogen in the air, no man could live on the earth.
大气中如果没有氧和氮，人就无法生存于地球了。
Without air, all living things would die. 若非空气，所有的生物都会死亡。
Without newspaper, we would get behind the times. 要不是报纸，我们都赶不上时代了。
I should be lonely, were it not for the birds and the flowers.我会寂寞，若非有鸟也有花。
Were it not for his help, I could not finish the work.若非有他的帮助，我就不能完成这件工作。
Were it not for science, we could not live a comfortable live.
若非科学，我们无法过着舒适的生活。 If it had not been for ...结构︰if it had not been for＋名词／子句，主词＋would／should 等＋原形动词„
说明︰此句型意为“若非（有）„”。此类句构专门用于表示与过去事实相反的。
If it had not been for his help, I should have failed.如果没有他的帮忙，我应该已经失败。
Had it not been for your timely help, our company would have been on the verge of bankruptcy.
若非你及时伸出援助之手，本公司将会濒临破产的边缘。
If it had not been for these experiments, the improvement of the machine would have been impoible.
要不是这些实验，这部机器也许就不可能改良了。
Had it not been for the kind guide, I might have got lost in the mountains.
要不是这位好心的向导，我可能就在山中迷路了。
If it had not been that he was here, I would have punished you. 要不是他在场，我当时就会处罚你。 I demand/insist that ...结构︰主词1＋意志动词（demand／insist 等）＋（that）＋主词2＋（should）＋原形动词
说明︰意志有四类：建议（suggest，recommend，propose，advise，urge 等），要求（desire， ask，
15 / 103 demand，require，request，maintain，insist 等），命令（order，command 等），规定（ rule，regulate，stipulate 等）。其后接 that-时，该里的要用原形或“should＋”。美式英语通常省略 should。
The committee moved that the meeting (should) be adjourned. 委员提议休会。
His parents demanded that he (should) be back by ten. 他的父母要求他十点以前回家。
The employees demand that their salaries be raised. 员工们要求加薪。
They ruled that the law (should) not be imposed. 他们规定不应加重法律。
His father ordered that he (should) keep a diary in English. 他的父亲规定他要用英文写日记。
My mother encouraged me and insisted that I continue my education.
我妈妈鼓励我，而且坚持我应该继续我的教育。
He insisted that I (should) apologize to her. 他坚持我应该向她道歉。
Recently, many states have insisted that high schools teach students how to drive.
最近，许多州坚持中学应该教学生如何开车。
His father insisted that they (should) move to the country.他爸爸坚持他们应该搬到乡下。 It is proper ...that ...结构︰It is＋意志形容词（important 等）＋（that）＋主词＋（should）＋原形动词
说明︰意志包括 important，neceary，imperative，eential，urgent，desirable， advisable，recommendable，proper 等。that-中只能用 should，不可用 must，而 should 往往予以省略。
It is neceary that he (should) sort out the information for my reference.他有必要整理些资料供我参考。
It is eential that he get up early. 他有必要早起。
It is urgent that food and clothing (should) be sent to the sufferers.急需将食物和衣服送给灾民。
It is desirable that we (should) provide for the poor at Christmas. 在圣诞节施舍穷人是可喜的事。
It is important that he be quiet. 他该保持安静是有必要的。
It is important that he not do it. 他不该做那事是有必要的。
It is requested that all members be present at the party.全体会员都被要求出席这次晚会。
It is proper that such a bad man be punished severely. 这么坏的人受重罚是应该的。 Imperative Sentence + Conj.+ Main Clause 结构︰祈使句＋连接词＋主句
说明︰表示须具备的条件，主句表示可能的结果。代替 if 子句进行评说，提出要求，订立协议，提供建议或威胁等。的用法比 if 子句表示的更为紧迫。
Provide the materials and we’ll do the job. 提供材料，我们就做这活。
Stop shouting or you’ll wake up the neighbors.不要喊了，否则你会把邻居吵醒的。
Put that down or else I’ll smack you. 把它放下，不然我就揍你。
Be there on time, otherwise you’ll create a bad impreion.要准时来，否则你会给人一个坏的印象。
Fail to pay and they’ll cut off the electricity. 你（如果）不付款，他们就要断电。
16 / 103
Stop eating sweets, or you won’t get any dinner. 你如果不停止吃糖，你就不要吃饭。 Unle ...结构︰Unle＋子句，主要子句
说明︰此句型意为“除非„”。unle 引导一个否定假设句，相当于 if ...not ...，有时可以互换使用。总体上看，unle 的语气强于 if ...not ...，而且有时较为常用，例如在最后通牒中。
Unle you change your mind (=If you don’t change you mind), I won’t be able to help you.除非你改变你的想法，否则我不能帮助你。
Unle the management improves their offer, there’ll be a strike.
除非资方做出进一步的建议，否则将举行罢工。
I couldn’t have got to the meeting on time － unle I had caught an earlier train.
我不可能及时赶到会场，除非我赶上了较找的一班火车。 Provided/Providing (that) ....结构︰Provided／provided（that）＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“如果„”。Provided/Providing (that) 引导假设条件句，其功能相当于 if。
Provided/Providing (that) you clear your desk by this evening, you can have tomorrow off.
如果你到今晚把手头上的工作做完，你明天就可以休息。 As/So long as ...结构︰As/So long as ＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“如果„，只要„”。As/So long as引导一个条件假设句，其功能相当于 if。
So (As) long as you clear your desk by this evening, you can have tomorrow leave.
如果你到今晚把手头上的工作做完，你明天就可以休息。
As long as you drive carefully, you will be very safe.如果你开车小心，你就会很安全。
You may eat anything, so long as you don’t eat too much. 只要不吃得太多，你可以吃任何东西。
As long as live, I will help you. 只要我活着，我都会帮助你。
As long as you don’t betray me, I’ll do whatever you ask me to (do).
只要你不出卖我，要我做什么我都愿意。
We’ll ship the goods at an early time as long as there is a steamer.只要有船，我们就尽早装货。
You will never be good students so long as you goof around.
如果你们成天游手好闲，就永远也成不了好学生。 Suppose/Supposing (that) ...结构︰Suppose/Supposing （that）＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“如果„，假使„”。Suppose/Supposing (that) 引导假设条件句，其功能相当于 if。
Suppose/Supposing (that) we mi the train, what shall we do? 如果我们误了火车，我们将怎么办？ What if/Say ...结构︰What if/Say＋子句，S＋V ...说明︰此句型意为“假设„”。What if 和 Say 用来引导一个假设条件句，其义相当于 Let us suppose（让
17 / 103 我们假设）。
What if/Say he goes home before us and can’t get in? What will he do then?
假设他在我们之前赶到家而又进不去呢？那他怎么办呢？
What if/Say you were to run out of money? What would you do?
假设你的钱用完了呢？你将怎么办呢？ With luck ...结构︰With luck，＋主要子句
说明︰With luck 为含蓄假设条件句（即不用 if 直接引导）。with luck 意为“如果幸运的话，如果运气好的话”。
With luck, we’ll be there by tomorrow.幸运的话，我们明天将到达那儿。（=If we are lucky）
With luck, she will get the job.如果幸运的话，她将得到那份工作。（=If she is lucky） Given time ...结构︰Given time，＋主要子句
说明︰此为含蓄假设条件句（即不用 if 直接引导）。Given time 意为“（如果）给以时间的话”。 Given time, they will probably agree.给以时间的话，他们可能会同意。（=If they are given time/If we give them time）
To hear him talk, ...结构︰To hear him talk，＋主要子句
说明︰此句型意为“听某人谈话（的口气）„”。从形式上看，To hear him talk 似为不定式词组，但实则为含蓄条件句（即不用 if 直接引导）。To hear him talk 相当于 If you could hear him talk。
To hear him talk, you’d think he was Prime Minister.听他谈话（那口气），你会以为他是首相呢。
To hear you talk, I’d think you were Prime Minister. 听你谈话（那口气），我还以为你是首相呢。 Without ..., S + V ...结构︰Without „，＋主要子句
说明︰此句型意为“如果没有„”，是导致主要子句结果发生的必要条件。Without ...为含蓄假设条件句，此用法在口语表达中最为常见。without 意为“（如果）没有„的话”。Without 既可以放在句首，也可以放在句尾，放在句首有强调作用。此外，如果主要子句用否定式，则和 without 构成双重否定，表示特别强调 without 之后项为主要子句动作发生之必备条件。
Without your help, I couldn’t have done it.
（如果）没有你的帮助，我是不会做成的。（=If you hadn’t helped me）
She can’t solve the problem without his help.如果）没有他的帮助，她不可能解决这道题。
We can’t live without air or water.（如果）没有空气或水，我们就无法生存。
Fish cannot live without water.（如果）没有水，鱼儿就无法生存。 比较句型 as/so ...as ...结构︰as／so＋形容词或副词原级＋as„
18 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“„和„一样„”。比较两件东西，并表示它们的程度一样。第一个 as 为，第二个 as 则为，引导，修饰第一个 as。在 as„as 中可插入单数，即：“as＋＋a／an＋＋as”。若是复数，可用“as many／few＋复数 ＋as”；若是，则用“as much／little＋＋as”。“as＋原级（形、副）＋as＋原级（形、副）”这形式表示有关同一人（物）的两种不同的性质、状态是一样程度的，译作“既有„且还有„”。
He is as handsome as his brother (is). 他和他哥哥一样英俊。
Judy goes to the movies as often as Sara does. 朱迪像莎拉一样时常去看电影。
Old John goes to sleep as easily as a baby does.老约翰像婴儿一样容易入睡。
The girls are as busy with their work as bees.这些女孩子就跟蜜蜂一样忙着工作。
He is as nice a boy as Peter (is). 他和彼得一样都是好男孩。
She has as many friends as Mary (does). 她和玛丽一样有许多朋友。
He has as much money as John (does). 他和约翰一样有很多钱。
He is as clever as (he is) handsome. 他不但英俊而且聪明。
My teacher is as kind as (she is) intelligent. 我的老师不但善良而且聪慧。 as many/much ...结构︰as many／much＋名词„
说明︰此句型意为“同数（量）的„；一样多”。本旨在用以代替句中前面已提到的相同数字，以避免该数字的重复。
He was tired enough to make ten errors in as many (=in ten) pages. 他疲倦得十页中犯了十个错误。
Mike read five books in as many (=in five) months. 麦克在五个月内看了五本书。
I didn’t expect that he should have committed three robberies in as many days.没想到（老实的）他居然在三天内犯了三次抢劫罪。 as many/much as ...结构︰as many／much as＋数字＋复数名词／不可数名词
说明︰此句型意为“多达„”。不要与“as many／much＋”（同数量的„）混淆。同理，此类还有：as long as＋数字＋（长达„），as wide as＋数字＋（宽达„）， as high as＋数字＋（高达„），as early as＋数字＋（早在„），as late as＋数字＋（迟在„）等。
She has as many as seven sisters. 她的姊妹有七人之多。
As many as 100 people were killed in the air crash.这次空难中多达一百人丧生。
I gave the beggar as much as 1,000 yen.
我给了这乞丐整整一千元。
Building costs ran up to as much as NT$ 20 million. 建筑费用涨到高达新台币两千万。
I have been learning English (for) as long as 15 years.我学英文已有十五年之久。
He came home as late as two in the morning. 他迟至清晨两点才回家。
I saw your brother as late as last week.上个礼拜我还看到你哥哥。
The river is as wide as 100 meters. 这条河宽达一百公尺。
I mailed the letter as early as Friday. 我早在星期五就把信寄了。
19 / 103 A is as much + N + as B is 结构︰主词＋be＋as＋much＋名词＋as＋（be）＋主词
说明︰此句型意为“„和„同样„”。“as much＋＋as＋（be）＋”的 be 通常省略或放句末。
Comets are just as much members of the sun’s family as (are) the other planets.
彗星和其他的行星同样是太阳家族的成员。
To eat too much is as much a bad thing as to eat nothing.吃太多和什么都不吃同样是坏事。
He is as much a member of the orchestra as Tom.他和汤姆同样是管弦乐队的成员。 not as/so + ADJ/ADV + as + N 结构︰not as／so＋形容词／副词＋as＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“不像„那样„”。as„as 可用于肯定句或，而 so„as 仅可用于构中。
It is not as (so) popular as other foods. 它不像其他食物那样受欢迎。
He does not study as (so) hard as John.他不像约翰那样用功。
I am not as (so) careful as Tom.我不像汤姆那样细心。 as far as ...结构︰as far as＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“到„之远；到„的程度”。而“as far as＋＋”则表示“只要„，在„范围内的话„”。
Swallows from England go as far as South Africa.英国来的燕子飞到南非那样远的地方。
We walked as far as the railroad station.我们走到火车站那样远的地方。
We drove as far south as Kaohsiung. 我们往南开车一直到高雄。 He went as far as Yokohama to meet his friend from England.他远至横滨去迎接由英国来的朋友。
I swam as far as I could. 我尽可能地游远。 ...just as ...as ...结构︰主词＋动词＋just as＋形容词／副词＋as＋（代）名词／动名词
说明︰此句型意为“„就像„一样„”。第一个 as 是“同样的；一样的”，第二个 as 是“像”之意。若之后不是 be ，则 as 之后不用，而要用。
Being a good pedestrian is just as important as being a good driver.
做一个好的行人就像做一个好的司机一样重要。
Writing is just as important as reading. 写作就像阅读一样重要。
He wrote just as carefully as Tom.他就像汤姆一样小心地写。 ...as ...as one can 结构︰„as＋形容词／副词／名词＋as one can 说明︰此句型意为“尽可能„”。“as ...as one can”相当于“as ...as poible”。one 要随的人称而变化，而 can 要随变化。
20 / 103
To speak English fluently, you had better read as many English articles as you can.
要想把英文讲得很流利，你最好尽量多看英文文章。
Take as much exercise as you can. 尽可能多做运动。
Be as careful as you can. 尽可能小心。
Our teacher explained the leon to us as clearly as he could.
我们的老师尽可能清楚地为我们解释这一课。
She needed to soften her request to make it as polite and courteous as she could.
她需要使请求语气柔婉，以便尽可能把它变成有礼貌与客气。
You should be as careful as you can in making friends.
在交朋友方面，你应该尽可能小心。
We had better learn by heart as many sentence patterns as we can. 我们最好尽可能多背句型。
I looked down the road as far as I could. 我尽可能遥望这条路。
I will try to save as much as I can. 我会设法尽可能多储蓄。
You should remain as quiet as you can. 你应尽可能地保持沉默。 ...as ...as ...can be 结构︰主词＋be 动词＋as＋形容词＋as＋（形容词）＋can be 说明︰此句型意为“极„，不亚于任何人„”。此借重复同一个而成为强调此的说法。常用的此类有：as plain as plain can be（再明白不过了），as wise as wise can be（再聪明不过了），as white as white can be（白得不能再白了），as wrong as wrong can be（错得太离谱）等。
His failure is as plain as plain can be. 他的失败是再明白不过了。
He is as handsome as (handsome) can be. 他潇洒极了。
She is as kind as can be. 她极为和颜悦色。
Mary is as hardworking as can be. 玛丽在班上之用功不输任何人。
He may not be so clever as Peter, but he is as industrious as can be.
他也许不如彼得聪明，但却用功极了。 as ...as ever 结构︰as＋形容词／副词＋as ever 说明︰此句型意为“与往常一样„”。
He seems to be as busy as ever. 他似乎和往常一样忙碌。
He works as hard as ever.他和往常一样努力工作。
She was as beautiful as ever after so many years. 过了那么多年，她美丽如故。 ...times as ...as ...结构︰倍数词＋as＋形容词／副词＋as„
说明︰此句型意为“是„的几倍”。“两倍”是 twice，而三倍以上的“倍”，通常用 times。
An ordinary subway train, approaching the station, can be twice as loud as the loudest jet.
平常的地下火车接近车站时，发出的声音可能是最大声的喷射机的两倍。
This line is four times as long as that one. 这条线是那条线的四倍长。
21 / 103
I am twice as old as he. 我的年纪是他的两倍。
She studies three times as hard as I. 她用功的程度是我的三倍。
He earns twice as much as he used to. 他比往常多赚二倍的钱。
She spent half as much money as you. 她花掉的钱只有你花掉的一半。 ...times the/my N ...结构︰„倍数词＋the（或所有格）＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“是„的几倍”。与之间一定有 the 或。有时可改为“＋as＋”。三倍以上的“倍”，通常用“times”。而“more than＋＋the（或）＋”译为“是„的几倍还不止”。
It was over twice the distance of the earth from the sun.那是地球到太阳的距离的两倍多。
Line A is four times the length of line B. 线条 A 是线条 B 的四倍长。
I have five times the number of Tom’s books. 我有五倍于汤姆的书。
He has three times my money. 他的钱是我的三倍。
He has more than three times my money. 他的钱是我的三倍还不止。
The river is ten times the length of the Tamsui River. 这条河的长度是淡水河的十倍。
Holland has two-thirds the inhabitants of the state of New York, which is four times the size of Holland.荷兰的居民是纽约州的三分之二，而纽约州却是荷兰的四倍大。 more than ...as ...as 结构︰more than＋倍数词＋as＋形容词／副词＋as 说明︰此句型意为“是„的几倍还不止”。“两倍”是twice，而三倍以上的“倍”，通常用times。
He is more than three times as rich as I.(=He is three times richer than I.) 他的财富是我的三倍还不止。
He studies more than three times as hard as I.他用功的程度是我的三倍还不止。
I am more than twice as old as he.我的年龄是他的两倍还不止。
He has collected more than three times as many stamps as I (have).他搜集的邮票是我的三倍还不止。 ...times ...er than ...结构︰倍数词＋形容词或副词比较级＋than„
说明︰此句型意为“比„大几倍”。“两倍”是twice，而三倍以上的“倍”，通常用times。
We now know that X-ray waves are 2,000 to 10,000 times shorter than light waves.
我们现在知道Ｘ光波比光波短二千到一万倍。
This street is four times shorter than that one. 这条街道比那条短四倍。
The mother elephant is one hundred times heavier than the baby elephant.这只母象比小象重一百倍。
It is ten times louder than another. 它比另外一个的声音大十倍。
This street is three times wider than that one. 这条街比那条街宽三倍。
I am twice older than he. 我的年纪比他大两倍。 not so adj.as adj.结构︰not so＋形容词／副词＋as＋形容词／副词
22 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“与其说是„倒不如说是„”。相当于“／＋rather than＋／”。
She is not so beautiful as charming.(=She is charming rather than beautiful.) 与其说她美倒不如说她迷人。
He is not so clever as diligent. 与其说他聪明倒不如说他勤奋。
She is not so kind as simple. 与其说她善良不如说她单纯。 not so much + N as + N 结构︰not so much＋名词＋as＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“与其说是„倒不如说是„”。相当于“＋rather than＋”。
He is not so much a writer as a scholar.
与其说他是作家倒不如说他是学者。
He is not so much a genius as a hard worker.
他的努力胜于天份。
The Apollo program was not so much a scientific achievement as a technical accomplishment. 阿波罗计划与其说是一项科学成果，不如说是一项技术成就。 not so much ...as ...结构︰not so much＋介系词词组／不定词词组＋as＋介系词词组／不定词词组
说明︰此句型意为“与其说是„倒不如说是„”。相当于“／＋rather than＋ /”。
Happine hinges not so much on wealth as on health.快乐与其说在于财富倒不如说在于健康。
One’s greatne lies not so much in his wealth as in his character.
一个人的伟大与其说是由他的财富来判断，倒不如说是由他的品德来判断。
Succe lies not so much as in luck as in hard work.与其说成功在于运气不如说是辛勤努力。
I lay down not so much to sleep as to think.我躺下来与其说是要睡觉，倒不如说是要思考。
It is not so helpful to give someone some bread as to teach him how to make a living.
与其说给人面包很有帮助，倒不如说教导他如何谋生才重要。
Our succe was attributed not so much to your help as to our cooperation.
我们的成功与其归功于您的帮忙，不如归功于我们的合作。
The great use of a school education is not so much to teach you things as to teach you the art of learning.学校教育的最大用处，与其说是教你事物，不如说是教你学习的方法。
The oceans do not so much divide the world as unite it.(=The oceans do not divide the world so much as unite it.) 与其说是海洋分割这个世界，不如说是统一这个世界。 not so much as ...结构︰not so much as ...说明︰此句型意为“甚至都不„”。相当于“not even ...”。本使用时，要置于之后，即： cannot so much as＋原形（甚至„都不能），do not so much as＋原形（甚至„都不），have not so much as＋过去（甚至„都没有）。
He cannot so much as write his own name.(=He cannot even write his own name.)
23 / 103
他甚至连自己的名字都不会写。
He did not so much as thank me. 他甚至都没谢我。
He is so stupid that he can’t so much as eat. 他蠢得甚至连吃饭都不会。
When Mary walked in, she didn’t so much as take a glance at me, which angered me.
玛丽进门时，连看我一眼都没有，真令人生气。 the more ..., the more ...结构︰the＋比较级„，the＋比较级„
说明︰此句型意为“愈„，就愈„”。若句中的为一般，而非（he，it，you，they）或（John，Mary），且后面的为 be 时，该 be 可省略。 The more you soften a request, the more polite it becomes. 你愈使请求柔婉，请求就愈变为客气。
The longer you stay here, the more you will like the place.
你在这里待得愈久，你愈会喜欢这个地方。
The more careful you are, the fewer mistakes you will make. 你愈小心，你犯错就会愈少。
The more I learn, the le I feel I know. 学而后知不足。
The closer you stay to nature, the more you will appreciate her beauty.
你愈接近大自然，就愈能了解它的美。
The more leisure he has, the le he stays at home. 愈是有空，他愈不肯待在家里。
The better the boy (is), the more I like him. 这男孩愈好我愈喜欢他。
The colder the weather (is), the more comfortable my life (will be). 天气愈冷，我的生活就愈舒服。
The bigger the house (is), the more money it will cost. 房子愈大愈值钱。
The more haste, the le speed. 欲速则不达。
The more noble the more humble. 结实愈丰者，其穗愈低。
More profit and le honor. 舍名逐利。
The sooner the better. 事不宜迟。
The more you have, the more you want. 拥有愈多，欲望愈高。
The more you beat iron the harder it grows. 铁不炼不成钢，玉不琢不成器。 more and more ...结构︰比较级＋and＋比较级 说明︰此句型意为“愈来愈„”。
The noise of traffic grows louder and louder. 交通的噪音变得愈来愈大。
It is getting hotter and hotter. 天气愈来愈热。
You should study harder and harder. 你应该更用功念书。
The girl became more and more beautiful. 这女孩变得愈来愈漂亮了。
With the rapid economical development, China’s position on the international stage is getting more and more important.随着经济迅速发展，中国在国际舞台上的地位变得愈来愈重要了。 ...more ...than ...
24 / 103 结构︰主词＋be 动词＋more„than„
说明︰此句型意为“„是„而不是„”。在“„”的位置，可以用，，或带有形容词性的。
You may also find that reading has become more fun than work!
你或许也会发现阅读已经变成是有趣的事，而不是工作。
It is more a made-up story than a real occurrence.那是杜撰的故事，而不是真实发生的事情。
I was more disappointed than discouraged.我是失望，而不是泄气。
He seems more like a military officer than a busine executive.
他似乎比较像一个军官，而不像一个商业行政主管。
He is more a sprinter than a swimmer. 他是短跑健将，而不是游泳选手。
I am more frightened than hurt.我吓坏了而没有受伤。
Sue is more beautiful than Jane.苏比珍较美。
The computer is more expensive than the typewriter.这部计算机比这部打字机更贵。
People in the country are happier than people in the city.乡下的人们比城市的人们更快乐。 N1 more ...than N2 结构︰名词1＋比较级＋than＋名词2 说明︰此句型意为“比„更为„的„”。
People have to live on something more nourishing than hope.人们必须依赖比希望更滋养的东西来过活。
I have never seen a girl more beautiful than Mary.我从未见过比玛丽更为美丽的女孩子。
I want some persons more experienced than Tom.我要一些比汤姆更有经验的人。 more N than + ADJ/V-ed 结构︰比较级＋名词＋than＋（be 动词）＋形容词／过去分词 说明︰此句型意为“比„来得更多的„”。be 通常省略。
Some people give higher priced gifts than neceary for the situation.
有些人给了比情况所必要来得更高价的礼物。
I did more work than required.我做了比所被要求的来得更多的工作。
We were given more money than neceary for the project.我们被给了比计划所要求来得更多的钱。 It is better to V1 than V2 结构︰It is＋比较级＋to＋原形动词1„than＋（to）＋原形动词2„ 说明︰此句型意为“„比„更„”。than 之后的 to 可以省略。
It is better to laugh than (to) weep. 笑比哭好。
It is more comfortable to lie on a lawn than (to) sit in the office.
躺在草坪上比坐在办公室里舒服。
It is harder to teach than (to) study. 教书比读书辛苦。 make ...more ...of ...结构︰主词＋make＋受词＋more＋形容词＋of„
25 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“„使„更加„”。根据不同的情况，句子可以有不同。
Darkne would make him more appreciative of sight. 黑暗会使他更加珍惜视力。
Their sudden attack made us more aware of the danger around us.
他们突然的攻击使我们更加注意我们周围的危险。
Your encouragement made me more confident of my future.你的鼓励使我对我的未来更加有信心。 all the more for ...结构︰all the＋比较级＋for＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“即使„却更加„；因为„反而更加„”。for 为，之后接为其。也可写成“all the＋比较级＋because-子句”。because 为，之后接＋，引导。
You will enjoy stories all the more for having understood the characters in them.
你会因为已经了解小说中的角色，而更加喜欢小说。
I love her all the better for her poverty (=because she is poor).因为她穷，我反而更喜欢她。
I like the book all the more for its beautiful illustrations.我因为精美的插图而更加喜欢这本书。
He studied all the harder because he had failed (=for his failure).因为他失败了，他反而更用功念书了。
She is all the more beautiful for her shabby clothing (=because her clothing is shabby).
即使她衣衫褴褛，却显得更美丽了。
I respect him all the more because he has faults. 因为他有缺点，我反而更尊敬他。
I like Kyoto all the better for its many narrow streets.正因为小道多，我反而更喜欢京都。 none the ...er for ...结构︰none the＋比较级＋for＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“即使„却一点也不„”。相当于“none the＋比较级＋because-子句”。for 为，之后接为其；because 则为，之后接＋，引导。
His health is none the better for his exercise (=because he takes exercise).
即使他运动，他的健康状况却一点也不好。
She is none the more beautiful because she wears a fancy dre.
即使她身穿时髦洋装，却一点也不漂亮。
He is none the happier for his great wealth. 即使他有钱，却一点也不快乐。 He is none the wiser because he has read many books.他虽然读了不少书，可是并未因此而聪明些。 none the le ...for ...结构︰none the le＋形容词／副词＋for＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“即使„却仍然”。相当于“none the le＋形容词／副词＋because-子句”。none the le 为，译成“仍然”，可修饰，或；修饰时，置于该之后；修饰时，置于该之前；修饰时，置于该之前。
26 / 103
I love him none the le because he is poor. 即使他穷，我还是爱他。
She is none the le beautiful for her shabby clothing. 即使她衣衫褴褛，却仍然美丽。
He studied none the le hard because he had failed. 即使他失败了，却仍然用功念书。 ...no more ...than ...结构︰A＋动词＋no more＋B＋than＋C＋动词＋D 说明︰此句型意为“A 不是 B 正如 C 不是 D”。“no more ...than”等于“not ...any more than”。若 than之后的词类与前面的词类相同，可以省略；若不同，则不可省略。
A whale is no more a fish than a horse is. 鲸鱼不是鱼正如马不是鱼一样。
A home without love is no more a home than a body without a soul is a man.
没有爱的家不是家，就如同没有灵魂的身体不是人一样。
He is no more able to speak English than I am (able to speak English).
和我不会说英语一样，他也不会说英语。
He is no more considerate of others than his brother is.他不体谅别人，就跟他弟弟一样。
He can no more sing than I can dance.他不会唱歌正如我不会跳舞一样。
We can no more live without sleep than (we can) without water.
我们没有睡眠不能活，正如我们没有水就不能活一样。
I am no more out of my mind than you are (out of your mind).你我两人都没有疯狂。
Tom was no more surprised than (he was) disappointed at this news.
汤姆听见那消息既不惊讶也不失望。
He is no better (no more good) at English than I am. 他的英文不好，就像我一样。 ...no le ...than ...结构︰A＋动词＋no le＋B＋than＋C＋动词＋D 说明︰此句型意为“A 是 B 和 C 是 D 一样”。“no le ...than”等于“as ...as”，no le 之后可置或 修饰。
A whale is no le a mammal than a horse is.
鲸鱼和马一样都是哺乳动物。
He is no le clever than his elder brother.
他和他的大哥一样聪明。
She is no le good at swimming than Mary.
她和玛丽一样擅长游泳。
His parents are no le happy over his engagement than he is (happy over his engagement).
他的双亲对他订婚的高兴并不亚于他自己。
He studies no le hard than John.
他和约翰一样用功。
Aociating with good friends is no le important to us than choosing good books.
交益友与选择好书对我们同样重要。
A good shirt is no le expensive than a jacket.一件好衬衫的昂贵程度并不比一件夹克衫差。
Sports wears, no le than suits, are very much saleable.运动服和西服套一样，非常畅销。 not more ...than ...结构︰not more„than„
27 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“没有比„更多；最多只是和„一样”。等于“at best as ...as”。
She is not more beautiful than Mary. 她不比玛丽美丽－－顶多只是和玛丽一样美。
I was not more surprised than he (was). 我不像他那样惊讶。
He is not more handsome than I. 他不比我潇洒－－顶多跟我一样潇洒。 not le ...than 结构︰not le ...than 说明︰此句型意为“没有比„更少；至少与„一样”。等于“at least as ...as”。
She is not le beautiful than Mary. 她至少和玛丽一样美丽。
He is not le interested in composing music than Jane.他至少跟珍一样对谱曲很感兴趣。
He is not le handsome than I. 他至少跟我一样潇洒。 no more than ...结构︰no more than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“仅仅„”。等于“only＋”，强调稀少。
It will take no more than five days to read the book.不到五天，我就会把这本书读完。
It is no more than ten minutes’ walk from the station.由车站走到这里只有十分钟的路程。
I had no more than 2 or 3 mistakes on my English aignment.我的英文作业中只有两三处错误。 no le than ...结构︰no le than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“多达„；足足有„之多”。等于“as many／much as ...”，强调多。
I received no le than ten thousand yen for my work.
我的工资多达一万元。
The audience was no le than five thousand. 听众有五千人之多。
That hotel probably costs no le than 20 dollars a night.那间旅馆的住宿费大约要20元一晚呢。
No le than ten students flunked the exam. 整整有十位学生在这次考试中不及格。 not more than ...结构︰not more than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“最多不超过„”。等于“at most＋＋”。
It is not more than ten minutes’ walk from the station. 由车站走到这里最多十分钟的路程。
I’ll stay here not more than three days. 我将待在这里最多不超过三天。
For safety’s sake, don’t drive more than 30 kilometers per hour in the city.
为了安全起见，在市内开车时速不要超过三十公里。 not le than ...结构︰not le than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“至少„”。等于“at least＋＋”。
The audience was not le than five thousand.
听众至少也有五千人。
I’ll stay here not le than three days.
我将待在这里至少三天。
Though they think it takes no more than three days to fulfill the miion, I believe it takes not le than six
28 / 103 days.
虽然他们认为完成这任务只需三天，但我却认为至少需要六天。 at best + N 结构︰at best＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“充其量„；只不过是„”。等于“nothing but ...”。
Don’t expect much of him; he is at best a student.不要对他期望过高；他只不过是个学生。
She is at best a second-rate singer.
她充其量是个二流歌手。
Don’t scold him too much; he is at best a child. 不要太责骂他；他只不过是个孩子。 much more /much le ...结构︰much more／much le„
说明︰此句型意为“更不用说„”。“much more ...”等于“let alone ...”或“still more ...”，只用于肯定句；“much le ...”等于“still le ...”，只用于。
She can speak English, much more/let alone/still more write it.
她会说英语，更不用说写英文了。
She cannot speak English, much le/still le write it. 她不会说英语，更不用说写英文了。
You have a right to your property, much more to your ideas.
你有处理自己财产的权利，更有支配自己思想的权利。
I enjoy singing, much more listening to music. 我喜欢唱歌，更不用说听音乐了。
She cannot buy daily neceities, much le luxuries.她连生活必需品都不能买，更不用说奢侈品。
He can hardly run a mile, much le the marathon.他连一哩都跑不了，更不用说马拉松了。
That father can’t discipline himself, much le set a good example for his children to follow.
那位父亲不能以身作则，更不用说做孩子的榜样了。 ...more than any other N 结构︰比较级＋than＋any other＋单数名词
说明︰此句型意为“比其他任何„都还„”。这是用来表示的同范围比较。也可用“＋than＋all the other＋复数”来表示。
John is more diligent than any other student in his cla.
约翰比班上其他的同学用功。
John is more diligent than all the other students in his cla.
约翰比班上其他的同学用功。
Baseball is more popular than any other sport in Japan. 在日本，棒球比其他任何运动都受人欢迎。
Autumn is better for reading than any other season.
秋天比任何季节都适合读书。
Mt.Jade is higher than any other mountain in Taiwan.玉山要比台湾的任何山都高。 ...more than anyone else 结构︰比较级＋than＋anyone else／anything else 说明︰此句型意为“比其他任何„都还„”。这是用来表示的同范围比较。anyone else 指人；anything else 指物。
John is more diligent than anyone else in his cla.
约翰比班上其他的同学用功。
29 / 103
Time is more precious than anything else in the world. 时间比世上任何东西都宝贵。
Mary is more beautiful than anyone else in her company.玛丽在公司里比其他人都漂亮。
We pay le attention to time than to anything else.我们对时间的不重视超过其他任何事物。 nothing is ...er than ...结构︰nothing（或 no＋名词）＋动词＋比较级＋than„
说明︰此句型意为“没有如此„者”。这是用来表示的。
Nothing is more valuable than time, but nothing is le valued.
没有比时间更贵重的东西，但也没有比它更受轻视的东西。
No place is better than one’s home.
没有任何地方比得上自己的家。
Nothing is more pleasant than staying home listening to music.
没有一件事比待在家里听音乐更愉快的了。
Nothing gives him more pleasure than helping someone in trouble.
没有一件事要比帮助陷入困境的人带给他更大的快乐。
There is nothing to which we pay le attention than time and air.
我们对时间和空气的不重视超过其他任何事物。 ...nothing more than N 结构︰主词＋动词＋nothing more than＋名词
说明︰此句型意为“„只不过„”。“nothing more than”等于“nothing but”。
Others are dismied as nothing more than entertainment.有些只不过是被当做娱乐而不予考虑。
It is nothing more than a made-up story.
它只不过是杜撰的故事而已。
She wishes to be treated as nothing more than a common girl. 她希望被对待得只不过像一般的女孩子。 ...er than ever 结构︰„＋比较级＋than ever 说明︰此句型意为“比以前更„”。than ever 等于 than ever before，意为“比以前任何时候„”。
There it was, ticking away, louder than ever.
它就在那里，滴答地走着，比以前更大声。
You should be more careful than ever.
你应该比以前更小心。
Does she spend more money than ever? 她比以前花更多的钱吗？ better ...than ...结构︰better＋„＋than＋被比对象
说明︰此句型意为“宁可„；最好还是„”。better 之后可接，，，等。
Please try to attend the meeting.Better late than absent.请您尽量参加会议。迟来也比不来强。
Better to postpone the shipment than to cancel the contract. 与其撤约还不如延期装运。
Better reduce the price than allow a discount. 与其给折扣，不如减价。 with no N is it ...er than 结构︰...and with no＋名词1＋is it＋比较级＋than＋with＋名词2 说明︰此句型意为“„这种情形没有一种„比„更为„”。此种结构，由于有 no，所以用 is it的倒装句型。
30 / 103
It is unreasonable to regard any language as the poeion of a particular nation, and with no language is it more unreasonable than with English. 把某一种语言视为某一特定的国家所拥有是不合理的，而这种情形没有一种语言比英语更为不合理。
It is bad to get ill, and with no disease is it worse than with cancer.
生病是糟糕的，而这种情形没有一种疾病比癌症更为糟糕。
It is pleasant to chat with friends, and with no chat is it more pleasant than with close friends.
和朋友聊天是愉快的，而这种情形没有比和知己的朋友聊天更为愉快。 Who is the most ...结构︰Who is the＋最高级„？
说明︰此句型意为“谁最„？”。此句型中若将 who 改为 which，即用来询问一组事物中最具某种特色的，如例句4。
Who is the oldest of them? 他们之中谁的年纪最大？
Who is the most beautiful in their family? 谁是他们家里最美丽的人？
Who is the youngest here? 这里谁是最年轻的？
Which is the most interesting subject for you? 哪个科目对你来说最有趣？ the ...est ...not ...结构︰最高级＋„not„
说明︰词类与 not 并用时，有“甚至„都不„”的意味。
The most foolish man knows his own name. 再笨的人都知道自己的名字。
The loveliest flower cannot beat her beauty. 再漂亮的花也比不上她的美丽。
The greatest scholar cannot solve this difficult problem.再伟大的学者也没有办法解答这个难题吧。
The richest man in the world cannot buy everything.
即使是世上最富有的人，也无法买到一切。
There is not the smallest chance of his escape. 他一点逃走的机会也没有。
Not even the thickest jacket was enough to keep out the cold. 就连最厚的夹克也不足以御寒。
The strongest man (that) you can think of cannot tear the log apart with bare hands.
就连你所能想到的最壮的人也不能光用手就将木头撕裂。 the ...est ...that V-ed 结构︰the＋最高级„＋（that）＋完成式
说明︰此句型意为“最„”。that 是；中习惯使用 ever 强调。
That’s the best book that I have ever read.
那是我读过的最好的书。
That’s the nicest thing that has ever happened to me.
那是我遇到的最美好的事。
He is the most diligent student that I have ever known. 他是我所知道的最用功的学生。
That’s the worst performance (that) I have ever seen.那是我所看过的最糟的一次表演。 of all the N, the ...est 结构︰of＋the three／the four／all the＋复数名词，＋最高级子句
说明︰此句型意为“在„中，„最„”。但须注意：“of the two＋复数＋”，表示“两
31 / 103 者中„较„”，如例句7。也可置于句首。
Of the three students, he is the best. 三个学生中，他是最好的。
Jane is the best of all the students in her cla. 珍是班中最好的学生。
Jane is the best of the three (students). 珍是三个学生中最好的一个。
Of all the high mountains, Mt.Jade is the highest.在所有高山当中，玉山为最高。
Of all the four seasons, summer is the hottest.在所有四季当中，夏天最热。
Of all the girls, she is the most beautiful. 在所有这些女孩子当中，她最美。
Of the two girls, Mary is more beautiful. 这两个女孩中，玛丽较漂亮。 A is the ...est among ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋最高级＋(名词)＋among„
说明︰此句型意为“„是„之中最„”。后的通常省略。
The Chuo-shui River is the longest one among them. 浊水溪是其中最长的一条。
Which river is the shortest among them? 哪一条河流是它们之中最短的？
Paris is the most beautiful among the cities.巴黎是这些城市中最美的。 A is the ...est N in ...结构︰A＋be 动词＋the＋最高级＋名词＋in＋场所。 说明︰此句型意为“A 是„里面最„”。the 不能漏掉。
Jane is the best student in her cla. 珍是她班上最好的学生。
Mr.Jones is the busiest man in the office. 琼斯先生是办公室里最忙的人。
The baseball game on Tuesday is the most important game this year.星期二的棒球赛是今年最重要的棒球赛。 A is the ...est of N 结构︰主词＋be 动词＋the＋最高级＋of＋复数名词
说明︰此句型意为“„是最„的„”。本的意思等于“＋be ＋the＋＋单数”。
Robert Frost was the most American of American poets. 罗伯‧佛洛斯特是最具美国风格的美国诗人。
He is the strictest of teachers in our school. 他是我们学校最严格的老师。
It is the most popular of movies. 这是最受欢迎的电影。
English is the most international of languages. 英语是最国际化的语言。
It is the most difficult of examinations. 那是最难的考试。
You must make the most of your opportunities. 你必须尽量利用机会。 A is the ...est of all.结构︰主词＋be 动词＋the＋最高级＋of all 说明︰此句型意为“„是最为„”。“＋of all”的比“”强。
These frozen foods are the most convenient of all. 这些冷冻食品是最为方便。
It is the most important of all. 那是最为重要的。
32 / 103
They are the most dependable of all. 他们是最为可靠的。 A is most ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋没有 the 的最高级„
说明︰在以下几种场合里的之前没有 the：被用来代替“very＋原级”或“very”以加强 时前面没有 the；most 的含义是“多数”时前面没有 the；用作时前面没有 the；带有的之前没有 the。
I think he is a most learned man. 我认为他是个很有学问的人。
A most beautiful girl came to see him yesterday. 昨天有一个很漂亮的女孩来看他。
Such a most talented person as he shouldn’t be satisfied with what he is.
像他这么有才华的人不应满足于现状。
A comet is at perihelion when it is closest (=very close) to the sun.
彗星最接近太阳时，它就是在近日点。
A person is most disappointed when he is in despair. 一个人在绝望时最失望。
He is calmest (=very calm) when he is all by himself. 他一人独处时极为平静。
The sentence of six months imprisonment was most unjust.六个月监禁的判决极其不公。
Most people need six to eight hours of sleep every day.多数人每天需要六至八小时的睡眠。
Most learned men are modest. 大部分有学问的人都很谦虚。
I like apples best of all fruits.所有水果中我最喜欢苹果。
Bill runs quickly, Jack runs more quickly than Bill, and Bob runs most quickly of all.
比尔跑得快，杰克跑得比比尔快，鲍伯在三者中跑得最快。
Jane’s worst fault is her quick temper. 珍最大的毛病是她的急性子。
She is my youngest sister. 她是我最小的妹妹。 A is the last to ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋the last＋（名词）＋to-不定词／子句
说明︰此句型意为“„是最不可能„”。the last 表示“最不可能„；绝不至于„”，它的后面有时有 。
I would be the last to attempt to answer the question.我是最不可能去尝试回答这个问题。
He is the last person (that) I want to see. 他是我最不想要看到的人。
This is the last attempt (that) he would make.这是他最不可能做的尝试。
The author should be the last man to talk about his work. 作者应该是最不喜欢谈论自己作品的人。 superior/inferior to ...结构︰superior／inferior to„
说明︰此句型意为“优于／劣于„”。这是不规则的，其后跟 to 代替 than，其他还有“prefer„ to„（喜爱„甚于„）”，“senior to ...（年长的）”，“junior to ...（年少的）”等。
I prefer tea to coffee.
茶与咖啡，我较喜欢茶。
I prefer chemistry to physics.
我喜欢化学甚于物理。
33 / 103
He is superior to his brother in mathematics.
他的数学比他兄弟好。
A cheaper camera is not always inferior to a more expensive one.
廉价照相机的质量并总不比昂贵的差。
This plastic is inferior in quality to gla.
这塑料的质料比玻璃差。
He is senior to me by seven years.
他比我年长七岁。
The president was so young that he was junior to some of his employees.
总裁的年龄甚至是比他的一些雇员还小。 含不定词句型 I am glad to ...结构︰主词（人）＋be 动词＋情绪形容词（如 glad，sorry„）＋不定词„。
说明︰放在情绪如 glad，sorry，happy，sad，surprised，troubled等字之后修饰，这是做的用法。
I am glad to see him. 我很高兴看到他。
Sue was troubled to see trash everywhere. 苏看到到处是垃圾很苦恼。
Sara was excited to see the rock band. 莎拉看到摇滚乐团很兴奋。 ...too ...to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋too＋形容词／副词＋（for＋sb.）＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“太„而（使某人）不能„”。too 为，可修饰或。too 后也可接含有的单数，即“too＋＋a＋单数＋to-”，也可以是“too much＋＋to„”或“too many＋复数＋to„”。该句型如提到“对某人来说”，则加入“for＋人”。该句型表示“否定”的意义，若加上，则须用否定，如例句8。
He walked too slowly to catch up with me. 他走得太慢而不能跟上我。
It is too dark in this room for me to read a book. 房间太暗，使我无法看书。
This problem is too difficult for them to settle. 这对他们来说真是一个难解的问题。
The price is too low for customers to believe. 价格低得令顾客难以相信。
He is too young a boy to do it. 他还太小，无法做这事。
He has too much work on hand to go picnicking with us. 他手头的工作太多了，不能跟我们去野餐。
He has too many things at his disposal to go home early.有太多事要他处理，使他不能早点回家。
The boy is too young to do it, isn’t he? 这男孩年纪太轻不能做这件事，不是吗？ I am too glad not to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋too＋形容词／副词＋not＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“太„而必能„；非常„”。本具有双重否定作用，也可将否定词移到部分。
Our profeor is too capable not to solve this difficult problem.
我们教授非常有才干，必定能解决这一难题。
This customer is too honest not to deceive us. 这位客户非常诚实，不会骗我们。
34 / 103
I am too glad not to help the boy.我太乐意了而不能不帮助那男孩－－我非常乐意帮助那男孩。
It is never too late to learn.
活到老，学到老。 I am only too ...to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋only too＋形容词／副词＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“非常„”。only 除去了 too 的否定意义，only too 相当于 very，very much 等。
I am only too glad to accept your kind invitation.
我非常高兴地接受你的邀请。
He is only too willing to serve friends. 他极愿为朋友效劳。
I am only too pleased to do busine with you. 我能和你做生意，太高兴了。 ADJ/ADV + enough to ...结构︰主词＋动词＋„形容词／副词＋enough＋（for sb.）＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“足以„”。enough 可做或用，在此做，可修饰或，恒置于被修饰的或之后。
We need several men strong enough to do the work.我们需要几个强壮得足以做这件工作的人。
They bought a house large enough for ten persons to live in.我们买了一栋房子，大得足以供十个人住。
He is competent enough to fill that position.
他足以胜任那职位。
He ran fast enough to catch the thief.
他跑得飞快，足以抓住那小偷。
Our teacher is old enough to retire.
我们老师年纪已够得上退休了。
The aignment is few enough to be finished within half an hour.作业很少，足能在半小时内完成。 ...enough + N + to do ...结构︰主词＋动词＋enough＋名词＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“有足够的„可以做„”。该句型也可写作“主词＋动词＋名词＋enough＋to-不定词”。 enough 在此做，修饰，可置于该之前或之后。
He has enough money (=money enough) to buy a car.
他有足够的钱买一辆汽车。
He hasn’t enough sense to realize his mistakes.他没有足够的辨别力去认识自己的错误。
It is a pity that he doesn’t have enough money to sponsor the project.
遗憾的是他没有足够的钱来支持这项计划。
Will 2,000 dozens be enough for selling? 两千打够卖吗？ ...be good enough to ...结构︰Would you be good enough＋to-不定词„？
说明︰此句型意为“请你„好吗？”。本的意思和“Would you be so kind as to ...?”一样， 较客气。
Would you be good enough to turn the radio down a bit?请你把收音机的声音关小一点好吗？
Would you be good enough to keep silent?
请你保持安静好吗？
Would you be good enough to move a bit to the right? 请你往右边移一点好吗？ ...how (+ N) + to do ...结构︰„how／what／when／where／which／whose（＋名词）＋to-不定词„
35 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“应该如何做／何时做／何地做／做哪些事„”。what，whom，which 为疑问，做其后 中的，否则就做的。how，where，when，why均为。中的若为，则后面要有；若为，则不需要。
How do I know what to do and what not to do? 我怎么知道什么该做，什么不该做？
He showed me how to use the tape recorder.他教我如何使用这台卡式录音机。
What to do is one question, and how to do it is quite another.
应该做什么和应该怎样做是完全不同的两个问题。
The trouble is when to start the busine. 麻烦在于应该什么时候开始这项工作。
We haven’t decided where to go for lunch. 我们还没有决定去哪里午餐。
I don’t know which advise to follow. 不晓得该听谁的劝告。
I learned what expreions to use in public. 我懂得在公共场所中应使用什么措辞。
How to begin is more difficult than where to stop.如何着手远比在何处结束来得困难。
You should know what to cook to eat. 你应该知道该煮什么来吃。
The problem is when to get the money we need.问题是什么时候能得到我们所需要的钱。
There are so many fancy cars on display here that I don’t know which to buy.
有这么多的豪华汽车在此展出，我不知要买哪一辆才好。 ...only to do ...结构︰„only／merely／simply／just＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“竟然„；却„”。表示与先前的努力相反的结果，一般用在句尾。
He studied hard only to fail in the exam. 他这么用功，结果竟然考场失利。
He rushed all the way to the station only to mi the train.他一路冲往车站，结果还是错过了火车。
He tried a second time only to fail again. 他再试一次，竟然还是失败。
He tried to increase his income by gambling only to plunge more deeply into the mire.
他企图藉赌博增加收入，却陷入了更深的困境。
I went out, merely to get caught in a shower. 我跑出去，结果徒然碰到一场骤雨。 ...have only to do ...结构︰have only＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“只需„就够了”。相当于“All one has to do ...”或“What one has to do ...”。
You have only to sit there and watch what I am doing.你只要坐在这里，看着我做就行了。
Don’t worry; you have only to sing a song to please her.
不用担心，你只需唱首歌让她高兴就行了。
You have only to go.
你只要去即可。
You have only to ask and he’ll tell you.
你只要问他，他就会告诉你。 ...never to do ...结构︰„never＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“不会再有„的结果”。
36 / 103
He went on a journey when he was 18 years old, never to come back.
他十八岁时出外旅行，一直没有回来。
He went off to the war never to return alive. 他去参加战争，没能活着回来。
She left her husband, never to come back. 她离开了她丈夫，再也没回来。 make/have sb.do sth.结构︰主词＋make／have／bid／let＋受词（人）＋不定词原形
说明︰此句型意为“要／嘱咐／叫„”。中，make、have、bid、let 等字加了之后，要接原形做，与使用相比，原形重点在事实。变成时，该要变成。但是 have 当时，无。
I made him do it.
我叫他做这事。
I let him do it.
我让他做这事。
They had/made the girl clean the floor.
他们叫这个女孩打扫地板。
The mother bade the child behave himself.
妈妈叮咛孩子要守规矩。
He was bidden to finish the work on schedule.
我要他按时完成工作。
My father will probably have Tom paint the house green.我爸爸很可能叫汤姆把房子漆成绿色。
He had me help him with his homework.
他叫我帮忙他做家庭作业。 ...want/like to do ...结构︰主词＋一般及物动词＋不定词（to＋V）„。
说明︰常以作为的有：like（喜欢），want（想要），try（设法）， love（喜爱），hate（讨厌），forget（忘记），begin（开始），start（开始），need（必须）。
Some students hate to study English.
有些学生不喜欢研读英语。
You need to study in a quiet place.
你必须在一个安定的地方读书。
He likes to go to the movie.
他喜欢去看电影。
She wants to help Mary.
她想要帮助玛丽。 ...want/ask sb.to do ...结构︰主词＋want／ask／tell 等＋受词＋to-不定词
说明︰放在的后面，用于补充说明的动作，叫做“”；当要表达“不要做某事”的意思时，则须采用的，即直接在前加 not。常用的此类有 want，get，compel，expect，ask，would like，advise，urge，wish，tell，allow，permit，trouble，help，teach 等。
I told him not to goof around.
我叫他不要游手好闲。
The teacher urged his students to prepare for the exam. 老师劝他的学生准备考试。
They forced me to do things against my will. 他们强迫我做违背我心意的事。
Do you want me to go there instead of you? 要不要我代你到那儿去？
I got him to do it. 我叫他做这事。
Their help enabled me to finish the work with ease.他们帮助我，使我能够顺利地完成工作。
37 / 103
A sense of humor enabled him to get along well with others. 幽默感使他能与人相处愉快。
The heavy workload forced me to cancel the camping trip.繁重的工作量迫使我取消去露营。
The father allowed (=permitted) his son to travel abroad alone. 父亲答应让他的儿子单独出国旅行。
We troubled him to turn on the light. 我们麻烦他打开电灯。
We needed someone to fix the tape recorder. 我们需要有人来修理录音机。 I heard him sing.结构︰主词＋hear／see／feel＋受词＋原形不定词
说明︰此句型意为“听／看／感觉„”。英文中表示“看”，“听”，“感觉”的三类，加了之后，须接原形做，用以表示已发生，而且是主动意味的事实。我们称此类为知觉，常用的有 see，watch，notice，look at，hear，listen to，feel 等。变成时，要变成，如例句4。这些词后也可接现在，强调“动作进行”，而接原形，则强调“整个事实”。
Did you notice anyone come in? 你注意到有人进来过吗？
As far as I remember, I have never seen him smile. 在我记忆中，我从未见他笑过。
She once heard him whisper to another girl. 她曾听到他对另外一个女孩说悄悄话。
He was heard to sing. 我听到他唱歌。
I felt my heart beat violently. 我感觉到自己的心跳得很厉害。
She liked to listen to children talk.
她喜欢听孩子们谈话。
We heard him playing with his puppy.
我们听到了他在玩着他的小狗。
Rick often watched the boats returning to port in the late afternoon.
瑞克常常看到小船在傍晚正回到港口。 be going to ...结构︰主词＋be going＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“将做„”。“be going＋to-”用作表示未来的，表示最近之未来将做的行为或未来的意图。这种经常用于会话体，表示包含讲话者的主观或感情的情形。
He is going to marry Jane in May.
他打算五月和珍结婚。
I am going to stay up late to finish my paper.
为了完成报告我打算熬夜不睡。
I’m afraid he is going to lose the match.
我恐怕他会输掉比赛。
The train was just going to start when we arrived.
我们到达时，火车马上就要开了。
My father was a sailor and I’m going to be one, too.我父亲（以前）是水手，我也打算当水手。 be about to ...结构︰主词＋be about＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“将做„”。表示极近的未来之行为，故为了表示几乎等于现在的未来而不和未来之 一起使用，如：不能说“I am about to go next week.”。
He was surely about to change his mind.
他一定会改变主意。
She was about to walk out of the door when the telephone rang.电话铃响时她正要出门。
38 / 103
Something unusual was about to happen. 某种不寻常的事正要发生。 ...be to ...结构︰主词＋be＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“预定要„”。“be＋to＋”含有事先的安排或命令，表示“必须„；应该„；打算„”。
A was to be placed onto A’, and B onto B’....seem/appear to ...结构︰主词＋seem／appear＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“似乎是„，好像„”。to-的内容是表示状态的词。seem 有时要加入“或许”（probably）的意思翻译起来才适当；appear近于“乍看之下好像是„”的意思。
Taiwan seems to contain no petroleum.
台湾恐怕没有蕴藏石油吧！
The thread seems to match the cloth.
这线和这布似乎很相称。
He appears to be very tired.
他似乎很累。
These stars appear to move around the North Star.
这些星星似乎环绕着北极星转。
They appear to be able to handle the problem. 他们似乎可以处理这个问题。
John seems to love music very much.
约翰似乎很喜欢音乐。 To ..., Main Clause 结构︰不定词词组，主要子句
说明︰此类通常放在句首，表示目的，修饰。常用的有 to tell the truth（老实说），to do someone justice（替某人说句公道话），to be brief（简言之），to begin with（首先），to sum up（总之），to make matters worse（更糟的是），so to speak（可以这么说），needle to say（不用说），to say nothing of sth。（更不用说）等。
To make sure that he was at home, I called him up in advance.为了确定他在家，我事先打电话给他。
To tell the truth, I don’t agree to your plan.
老实讲，我不同意你的计划。
To do her justice, she is not as bad as you described. 说句公道话，她并没有你说的那样坏。
To sum up, only when strict punishment can be imposed on the lawle, can social stability be maintained. 总之，唯有当严刑峻罚加之于违法之徒时，才能维持社会安定。
Mary is, so to speak, a hardworking student.
玛丽可说是个用功的学生。
I can’t speak English, to say nothing of Chinese. 我不会说英语，更别提中文了。
Needle to say, learning without thinking is usele.不用说，学而不思则罔。 ...pretend to ...结构︰主词＋pretend＋to-不定词／that-子句
说明︰此句型意为“假装„”。pretend 后面用 to-不定词或 that 子句。
He was pretending to climb a mountain. 他假装在爬山。
She pretended not to go. 她假装不去。
He pretended to be a good man. 他假装是好人。
39 / 103
Let’s pretend (that) we are pirates. 让我们玩假装海盗的游戏吧！ ...stop to ...结构︰主词＋stop＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“停下来„”。若“stop＋Ving”是“停止„”。
They just don’t stop to think.
他们就是不停下来想一想。
They stopped to look into the window.
他们停下来看看橱窗。
I have stopped smoking for half a year.
我已经半年不抽烟了。 ...be meant to ...结构︰主词＋be meant＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“„是有意要„；„是命中注定要„”。“be meant to V”有时变成“be meant for N”。
Some TV programs are meant to be watched today and forgotten tomorrow.
有些电视节目的用意是要今天观赏，明天忘掉。
He believes he is meant to be a great man.
他相信他命中要成为伟人。
This dictionary is meant for you.
这本字典是要给你的。 be + ADJ + to ...结构︰主词＋be＋形容词＋to-不定词
说明︰实际上是 to-的，经过转变而移到句首。
It was even more pleasing to look at in the morning light.
它在早晨的光线下看起来更悦目。
The rising sun is especially beautiful to look at from this angle.旭日从这个角度看起来特别美。
I think she is easy to please. 我想她是很容易讨好的。 ...be likely to ...结构︰主词＋be likely＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“„可能„”。likely 表示具有充分根据的预测。有时可变为“It is likely that ...”。
One’s first impreion is likely to be that everyone is in a rush.一个人的第一个印象是，每个人都是匆忙的。
He is likely to arrive at any time.
他可能随时会到。
His health is likely to get worse.
他的健康可能会恶化。 make an/no attempt to ...结构︰主词＋make an／no attempt＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“„打算要／没有打算要„”；“„试图要／没有试图要„”。
His smile deepened, but he made no attempt to answer. 他的微笑加深了，但他没有打算要回答。
I made no attempt to make friends with her.
我没有打算要和她做朋友。
Will they make any attempt?
他们会再做另一次的尝试吗？ happen/chance to ...结构︰主词＋happen／chance＋to-不定词„ 说明︰此句型意为“„碰巧„”。
40 / 103
A friend of his happened to be sitting in a railroad-coach next to a young man who was obviously depreed.
他的一个朋友碰巧在火车车厢里坐在一个无精打采的年轻人的身边。
We happened to meet at the station.
我们碰巧在火车站相遇。
He happened to be sleeping.
他碰巧在睡觉。
I chanced to be thinking of the same thing.
我碰巧想到同样的事。 ...is said to ...结构︰主词＋is said＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“据说„（现在）是„”。而“is said to have been ...”是“据说„（以前）是„”。
His music is said to be “good”or “great”.
他的音乐据说是“好”或“了不起”。
He is said to have been the richest man in Taiwan.
据说他以前是台湾最有钱的人。
They are said to build a hospital here.
据说他们要在这里盖一家医院。 ...be bound to ...结构︰主词＋be bound＋to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“一定„”。“be bound to V”是“be sure to V（一定）”之意，而“be bound for”是“前往”之意。
Something is bound to happen one way or another to end the conflict or solve the problem.
事情一定以某种方式发生以结束冲突或解决难题。
He is bound to come tonight.
他今天晚上一定会来。
If so, your points of view are bound to conflict with his.如果这样的话，你的观点一定会和他的起冲突。 ...do all one can to ...结构︰主词＋do all one can to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“尽一切可能来„”。注意 do 和 can 的要保持一致。
Daddy did all he could to fill my needs and desires.爸爸尽一切可能来满足我的需求和欲望。
You should do all you can to persuade him. 你应该尽一切可能来说服他。
We have done all we could to catch up with them.我们已经尽了一切可能来赶上他们。 have sth.to do with ...结构︰...have something／nothing to do with ...说明︰此句型意为“„与„有／无关系”。这是包含不定式的习惯用法。随着“有关系”的程度， something 可改为 little，much，a great deal 等。have nothing to do with表示否定；have anything to do with 用于中。
Her diligence must have something to do with his succe. 她的勤勉和她的成功一定有某些关系。
The traffic accident had nothing to do with him. 这交通事故和他一点关系也没有。
His wife had much to do with his bankruptcy.他的破产和他的妻子很有关系。 have no other N except to 结构︰主词＋have no other＋名词＋except／than＋to-不定词
41 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“除了要„没有其他的„”。except 可以换成 than。
The speaker has no other purpose except to make people laugh.
这位演说者除了想搞笑之外，没有别的目的。
We have no other choice than to agree with them.我们除了同意他们之外，没有别的选择。
I have no other wish except to pa the examination.我除了要通过考试之外，没有别的心愿。 ...in order/so as to ...结构︰in order／so as＋to-不定词„
说明︰此句型意为“为了„；想做„就得„”。这是表目的的不定词句型，意思更为明确。
He must work very hard in order to support his large family.
他必须拼命工作以养活他的大家庭。
Listen carefully so as to follow the teacher.
要仔细听才能听懂老师讲的课。
You must watch your step so as not to fall down.你必须留心脚下才不会跌下去。 ...be used to ...结构︰主词(物) + be used to-不定词
说明︰此句型意为“被用来„”。主词通常是无生命的东西。而“物＋be used as＋”译为“被用来当做„”。
The book is used to teach us how to write.
这本书教我们如何写作。
The knife can be used to cut meat.
刀能用来切肉。
It is said that the plant can be used to treat hepatitis. 据说那种植物可用来治肝炎。
The book is used as a reference book. 这本书被用来做参考书。 含分词之句型 I am + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋am（are，is）＋现在分词„
说明︰此句型意为“（人，物）正在„”。用于表示现在“正在进行”的动作或“暂时性”的动作，常和 now，still，at this time 等（）连用。而用于表示现在的“事实，习惯或状态”，常和 every day，usually，always 等()连用。
Bill is singing.
比尔正在唱歌。
Linda is cooking.
琳达在烹饪。
My father is sleeping. 我父亲在睡觉。
Mother cooks dinner every evening. 妈妈每天晚上做晚饭。
She is cooking in the kitchen now. 她现在正在厨房里做饭。
Father walks to his office every morning.
爸爸每天早上走路去上班。
He is walking to his office now. 他现在正在走路去上班。
Mary sings in her room every afternoon. 玛丽每天下午在她房间里唱歌。
She is singing in her room now. 她现在正在她房间里唱歌。 an interesting movie
42 / 103 结构︰主词＋动词＋a／an＋（very）＋现在分词＋名词（物）„。
说明︰“情绪”如 interest，excite，satisfy，bore，confuse，trouble 等，要修饰事物，常用现在；现在含有“主动”或动作“正在进行”的意味。
That is an interesting movie.
那是一部令人有趣的电影。
That is an exciting game.
那是一场令人兴奋的比赛。
That is a satisfying book.
那是一本令人满意的书。 Have you + V-ed ...? 结构︰Have／Has＋主词＋过去分词＋„？
说明︰将 have（has）提到句首，即构成的疑问式。
Have you had your lunch?
你已吃过午饭吗？
Has she ever written a letter to Mark?
她曾经写信给马克吗？
Have you found the pen you lost yesterday?
你找到昨天丢失的钢笔了吗？ a troubled student 结构︰主词＋动词＋a／an＋（very）＋过去分词＋名词（人）„。
说明︰“情绪”如 interest，excite，satisfy，bore，confuse，trouble 等，要修饰人，常用过去；过去含有“被动”或动作“已经完成”的意味。
He is a troubled student.
他是一位感到苦恼的学生。
He is an interested person.
他是一位表现兴趣的人。
He is a bored student.
他是一位感到厌烦的学生。 I have written a letter.结构︰主词＋have（has）＋过去分词＋„。
说明︰用于表示“过去某时”发生的事情，“直到现在”才完成，或“继续到现在”，或其结果“影响到现在”，它的肯定式由“have（has）＋过去”构成，其中 have或 has 是，当是第三人称单数（he，she，it„）时，用 has，其余人称用 have。
I have written a letter. 我已经写了一封信。
Mary has studied English for three years.
玛丽研读英语已有三年。
He has liked dogs since he was a child. 自从他是小孩时，他就喜欢狗。 ...is ...ed by ...结构︰主词＋be 动词＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰将主动句改为被动句时，先将主动句的变成被动句的，再将主动句的改成“be＋过去分词”，且须注意 be 的时式要与主动句的时式相同，最后将主动句的变成被动句 by 的。
The news is widely spread by them.
这一消息被他们广为传播。
Vegetables are needed every day by us.
蔬菜每天被我们所需要。
This letter was typed by Alice this morning.
这封信在今早被艾丽斯用打字机打过了。 will be V-ed by ...
43 / 103 结构︰主词＋will be＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰将现在式被动句的 be （am，is，are）改为 will be，是构成未来式被动句的一种方法。
That book will be brought by Mary tomorrow.
那本书明天将被玛丽带来。
That car will be washed this afternoon. 那部汽车今天下午将会被洗。
The building will be opened next month.
那栋大楼下个月将营业。 be going to be V-ed by 结构︰主词＋be going to＋be＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰在现在式被动句的 be （am，is，are）后加 going to be，是构成未来式被动句的另一种方法。
These clothes are going to be washed by her.
这些衣服将由她来洗。
A birthday cake is going to be brought to the table by the cook. 一只生日蛋糕将被厨师放到桌子上。
Music is going to be taught by Mi Lin. 音乐课将由林小姐来教。 can(not) be V-ed by ...结构︰主词＋can（not）be ＋过去分词＋by＋受词„。
说明︰将主动句中的（can，must„）照抄，后面加上 be＋过去，即构成含有的被动句。
That leon can not be understood by many students.
那一课无法为许多学生所理解。
The question can not be answered by many people. 这一问题无法被许多人回答。
His poor handwriting can not be read by himself.他糟糕的笔迹无法被他本人所辨认。 ...V + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋动词＋补语（现在分词）
说明︰英文中，若两个在一起而无加以连接，所表示的动作又是同时发生的，则第二个要变成现在；若第二个是be时，应变成现在 being，但 being通常予以省略。
We sat listening to the sound of the waves.
我们坐着倾听海浪的声音。
The dog lay dozing in front of the door. 小狗躺在门前打盹儿。
She stood there (being) motionle. 她站在那儿，一动也不动。
He quickly ran home, looking as if there was something wrong with him.
他快步跑回家，看上去好像有什么事不对劲。
I stand looking over the lake.
我站着展望湖面。
Some leaves went flying into my room. 几片叶子飞着进入我的房间。 ...V-ing／V-ed + N ...结构︰„现在分词／过去分词＋名词（或名词＋现在分词／过去分词）
说明︰这是做之修饰语的用法，该修饰其前或后紧临之；之前有其他单字或跟随时，通常放在后面。
The shouting boy did not hear his mother call him.
大声叫嚷的孩子听不到妈妈的叫唤。
The girl standing in the front row is my niece.
站在前排的少女是我的侄女。
44 / 103
There were no printed books in those days.
当时没有印刷的书籍。
This is a play written by an American author.
这是美国作家写的剧本。
The prisoners closely guarded escaped from the prison last night.被严密监视的这些囚犯昨夜越狱了。
I looked painfully at the vase broken into pieces. 我痛苦地看着这个破得粉碎的花瓶。
It is difficult to shoot a flying bird, especially a small bird flying high up in the sky.
要射中飞行中的小鸟，尤其是高空飞行的小鸟，非常困难。
Soon we came to a crowded street, a very wide street crowded with allsorts of vehicles.
我们很快就来到一条很宽、很吵杂，各种车辆来往行驶的大马路上。 feel/make ...V-ing/V-ed 结构︰keep／make／hear 等＋受词＋现在分词／过去分词
说明︰ keep，find 或 make，let，get 等，以及 hear，see，watch，feel 等后的若强调正在进行的概念，且有主动意味时，以现在表示；若有被动意味时，则以“being＋过去”表示，均译成“正在„”。若要强调被动且已发生的概念，则用过去做，译成“被„”。
At last I succeeded in getting my car moving slowly.最后，我终于成功地让我的车子慢慢移动。
We saw him watering the lawn around the house.
我们看见他在为屋子四周的草坪浇水。
Have you heard the opera sung in French?
你听过用法语唱的这场歌剧吗？
I felt something crawling up my arm.
我感觉到有什么东西爬上我的手臂。
I saw him being punished by the teacher.
我看到他正被老师处罚。
I saw the boy carried away to the hospital.
我看到那个男孩被抬去医院。
I found the work being done in a rush.
我发现这件作品正仓促地被完成。 ...get(s) V-ed/ADJ 结构︰主词（某人）＋get（s）＋过去分词（或形容词）„。
说明︰此句型意为“某人变成„”。get＋（过去）的常见用例有：get old（年纪大）， get hungry（肚子饿），get angry（生气），get sick（生病），get fat（发胖）， get tired（疲倦），get lost（迷路），get confused（困惑），get hurt（受伤）， get excited（兴奋），get ready（准备好）。
John got lost.
约翰迷路了。
Mary gets tired of wearing red drees.
玛丽厌倦穿红色衣服。
The question is so hard, and we’re getting confused. 这问题太难，我们感到困惑。 ...have/get sth.done 结构︰主词＋have／get／make＋受词＋过去分词
说明︰此句型意为“把„（办完）”。make 之后的习惯上是“人”而非“物”；但 have 和 get 后的在此 中是“物”，有“叫别人代劳”的意味，即做事的人并非，而是别人。
Be sure to get the work finished before six o’clock. 务必在六点之前把工作完成。
Are you going to get the house painted green? 你打算要把房子漆成绿色吗？
I want to get/have these shoes mended. 我想把这些鞋子修补一下。
45 / 103
He has been unable to raise enough money to have the big clock repaired.
他一直无法筹募到足够的钱来把这个大钟修理好。
I’ll have it sent right away. 我会立刻把它（拍送）出去。
Have it charged to my credit card. 把它记在我的信用卡的账号里。
I cannot make myself understood in English.
我无法用英文使自己被人了解。（我无法用英文把我的意思讲清楚。）
I had my tooth extracted.(=I had the dentist extract my tooth.) 我把牙拔了。（我是叫医生拔的。） Sth.is being + V-ed ...结构︰主词＋is being＋过去分词„
说明︰此句型意为“„正在被„”。是的。
Money is being used in place of something more direct.金钱正在被更直接地用来取代某种东西。
The machine is being experimentally used. 这些机器正在被实验地使用着。
The problems are being discued. 这些问题正在被讨论着。 ...go + V-ing ...结构︰go＋现在分词
说明︰此句型意为“从事„”。go 之后的现在通常是运动类的，如：fishing（钓鱼），boating（划船），skating（溜冰），skiing（滑雪），hunting（打猎），mountain climbing（爬山）， shopping（购物）等。
Sometimes Mr.Black went swimming with the children.有时布拉克先生和这些小孩去游泳。
We went fishing yesterday and I caught three fish.我们昨天去钓鱼，而我钓了三条。
I find it interesting and healthy to go mountain climbing.我觉得爬山有趣又有益健康。
The American housewife probably goes shopping only once or twice a week.
美国家庭主妇可能一星期只购物
一、二次。
You may go gra skiing, bicycle riding, or shopping on the weekend.
周末你可以去滑草，骑脚踏车，或购物。 the + V-ing/V-ed/ADJ 结构︰the＋现在分词／过去分词／形容词
说明︰，包括可做的，前面加 the，可当复数用，表示“全体”的意思，其后的用复数形。常用的有：the wounded（所有受伤的人），the handicapped（所有残障者），the rich（有钱人），the dead（所有已死的人），the dying（所有垂死的人），the unknown（所有未知之事）等。
The rich are not necearily happy.
有钱人未必快乐。
The oppreed were free after the coup.
被压迫的人民，在政变之后获得自由。
The dying were rushed to the hospital. 垂死的人被急速送往医院。
During the depreion, millions of the unemployed wandered around in the streets.
经济萧条时期，有好几百万的失业者在街头游荡。
46 / 103 V-ing/V-ed ..., Main Clause 结构︰现在分词／过去分词„，主要子句
说明︰这是含句构的，是以代替。中的应和中的动作接受者一致。若为 be 或 have been，变成现在 being 或 having been后，可以省略。若变成时， not 或 never 应置于之前。
Holding the watch up, she listened.
把表拿起来，她注意听。
Standing in the dark, I can not see anything.
站在黑夜里，我什么也看不见。
Sitting under the tree, I was hit by a stone on the head.我坐在树下，被一块石头击中了头。
(Being) a lover of nature, he often goes mountain climbing.因为热爱大自然，他常常去爬山。
Angry with his wife, Tom kicked the dog.
因为和太太生气，汤姆踢狗。
Rich and generous, he contributed two million dollars to the Red Cro.
因为有钱又慷慨，他捐了两百万圆给红十字会。
(Having been) Knocked down by a car, he spent a week in the hospital.
被车子撞倒后，他在医院里度过了一星期。
Seriously damaged, the bridge is no longer in use.因受到严重损坏，这座桥不再使用了。
Caught in a rain, he was wet all over.
淋到了一场雨，他全身都湿了。
Bitten by a dog, the little boy did not dare to play with dogs again.被狗咬过，这个小男孩不敢再和狗玩。
Written in English, the book is difficult for me to understand. 用英文写的这本书对我来说很难理解。
Not (being) fond of learning, he ran away from home.由于不喜欢读书，他就离家出走了。
Never having been to Switzerland before, he longs for a trip there.
因为从来没去过瑞士，他期待一趟瑞士之旅。 When + V-ing ...结构︰when／while／once／if／unle／though＋现在分词
说明︰当when，while，once，if，unle，though 等引导时，若其与相同，可保留该，其余部分则化简为。
He says "Please" when making a request.
请求时，他说：“请”。
When waiting for a bus, he takes his turn.
等公共汽车时，他按顺序排队。
He stopped to talk to me when seeing me.
看到我的时候，他停下来和我说话。
If falling ill, I’ll stay home taking a good rest.
如果生病，我会待在家里好好休息。
Once arriving there, I’ll keep contact with you. 一到那里，我会跟你连络。
Unle (being) rich, I am not going to buy a house.除非有钱，要不然我是不会买房子的。
Though knowing the truth, he remained silent.虽然他知道实情，却保持沉默。 N + V-ing/V-ed 结构︰名词＋现在分词／过去分词，„
说明︰这是含独立结构的，即因不同而将意义上的置于之前。若 为 be 或 have been，变成现在 being 或 having been 后，可以省略。若意义上的
47 / 103 是 we，you，one 等表世上之一般人的情形时，即使和之不同，也可省略，变成惯用的句子，常用的有：frankly speaking（坦白说），judging from（由„观之），talking about／of（谈谈„），generally speaking（一般而言），roughly speaking（大体言之）等。
They were trembling, their mouths watering at the thought of the beer.
他们颤抖着，一想到啤酒，口水就流出来。
He was sitting next to Mrs.Smith, his eyes resting on her daughter.
他坐在史密斯太太的旁边，他的视线落在她女儿的身上。
The earthquake took place, the windows broken into pieces. 地震发生了，户破得粉碎。
"There it is," he whispered, his eyes (being) bright with sudden tears.
“就在那里。”他低声地说，他的眼睛闪亮着突然而来的眼泪。
He said in a low voice, both his hands (being) on his back.他低声地说，他的双手放在背后。
He argued, his voice trembling with anger. 他争论着，他的声音由于生气而颤抖。
Generally speaking, women live longer than men. 一般而言，女性寿命较男性长。
Frankly speaking, he is not so bad as you might think.坦白讲，他没有你想象中的坏。 with + N + V-ing/V-ed 结构︰with＋名词＋现在分词／过去分词
说明︰这是表“附带状况（并行行为）”的，常用来描述情景。有时使用、、代替。
She sang to the music with her hand waving gently. 她跟着音乐唱歌，手斯文地挥动着。
He came running here with one hand holding a knife. 他手上握着刀向这里跑来。
He came running here with a knife held in one hand. 他一手握着刀向这里跑来。
With our work done, we felt much at ease. 工作做完后，我们觉得好轻松。
She looked at him with the color gone from her face.她凝视着他，脸上毫无血色。
He was dozing with a book open in his hands.他在打盹，手上的书打开着。
My father sometimes goes out for a stroll with a stick in his hand. 父亲有时候带着手杖出去散步。
What a lonely world it would be with you away! 妳要是不在，这世界不知将有多寂寞！ V-ing ...+ be + N ...结构︰现在分词„＋be 动词＋名词
说明︰此句型的是句子的，所以 be 要和一致。
Coexisting with such love in the American family are cultural values of self-reliance and independence. 和美国家庭的这种爱同时并存的是自强及独立的文化价值观。
Growing along the river are tall palm trees. 沿着这条河生长的是高大的棕梠树。
Lying north of the church is a girls’ senior high school.位于这座教堂以北的是一所女子高中。 含动名词之句型 Thinking correctly is ...结构︰动名词＋副词（或名词）＋单数动词＋„。
48 / 103 说明︰此句型意为“做某事是„的”。在文法上具有与的双重性质，故可以像一样充当；又因当时，用于指“某一件事”，属于第三人称单数，故取单数。
Thinking correctly is important.
思考正确是重要的。
Living in the big city is convenient.
住在大城市是方便的。
Reading good books makes us happy.
阅读好书使得我们快乐。 ...without + N/V-ing ...结构︰主词＋动词＋„without＋名词／动名词„。
说明︰此句型意为“没有（不用）„”。without 当“没有；不用；假如没有；当„不”解，是，后面接（）或，用法相当于“and ...not”或“if（when）„not＋”。
I can’t start a fire without matches.
我没有火柴不能点火。
We won’t go without you joining it.
你没有参加的话我们就不去了。
You can’t see the movie without the ticket.
你没有票，不能看电影。
He went to school without breakfast.(=He went to school and did not eat breakfast.)
他没吃早饭就去上学了。 I like + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋及物动词＋动名词（当受词）＋„。
说明︰此句型意为“某人„做某事”。下列的后面，常接当：like，love， hate，begin，start，try，enjoy，mind，practise。
I like doing my homework.
我喜欢做我的家庭作业。
He loves listening to music.
他喜欢听音乐。
The boys hate doing homework on Sundays.
男孩们讨厌在星期日做家庭作业。 cannot help + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋cannot help＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“不得„，不禁„”。这里的 help 作“抗拒”或“避免”解，此时一定要用，相当于“＋cannot but／cannot help but＋原形”。
He cannot help loving Mary because of her beauty.
因为玛丽长得美，他不禁爱上她。
Whenever I hear the story, I cannot help crying. 每次我听这故事，就忍不住要哭。
After learning of his sufferings, I couldn’t help sympathizing with him.得知他痛苦的遭遇后，我忍不住同情他。
I cannot help laughing.
我忍不住笑出来。
I cannot help being poor.
我是穷，可是没有办法呀！
I cannot help wondering about that girl.
我不免对那个女孩感到惊奇。
I cannot help worrying to hear that there is no steamer this week.我听到本周没有船的消息，禁不住担忧起来。 There is no + V-ing ...
49 / 103 结构︰There is no＋动名词„
说明︰此句型意为“做„是不可能的”。等于“It is impoible to＋原形”或“No one can＋原形”。
There is no accounting for tastes.
人各有所好。
There was no telling what the next aignment would be. 不晓得下一个任务将是什么。
There is no reasoning with such a stubborn man as Peter. 跟彼得这种固执的人讲理简直是不可能的事。
There is no denying that Taiwan is a beautiful island.台湾是座美丽的岛屿，这是不可否认的。
There is no describing the beauty of the scene. 谁都无法形容这景色的美丽。
There is no typing up this letter within five minutes. 不可能在五分钟内打完这封信。 feel like + V-ing ...结构︰feel like＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“想要„”。like 是，故之后要接或。当接时，解释为“想要做„”，相当于“would like to＋原形”；接时，解释为“感觉像„”。
I don’t feel like studying tonight.
我今晚不想念书。
I feel like going to Europe for a visit next summer vacation.我好想明年暑假去一趟欧洲。
Do you feel like going to a movie?
你想看电影吗？
I feel like a newborn baby.
我感觉像是个新生的婴儿。 ...come near + V-ing ...结构︰主词＋come near＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“几乎去做„”。near 后跟。
It came near being the prettiest bow he had ever seen.那几乎是他所见过最漂亮的一只果盆。
I came near hitting him.
我几乎揍他。
They came near being drowned.
他们几乎被水淹死。
My son came near being run over by a truck.
我的儿子差点被大卡车辗过。 ...worth + V-ing ...结构︰worth＋动名词
说明︰此句型意为“值得„”。worth 是，使用时要用或做，形成，当 用。worth 之后接时，必须为该之，否则之后须另加，使做其。这种不可用虚 it 做。
London is a city worth visiting.
伦敦是值得参观的城市。
He who does his duty is worth praising.
凡是忠于职守的人都值得赞扬。
A book worth reading once is worth reading time and time again. 值得一看的书值得一看再看。
The work is worth doing.
这个工作值得去做。
He is worth doing the work for.
值得为他去做这份工作。 be worthy of + V-ing 结构︰be worthy of＋动名词
50 / 103
